« Back
Generated:
Post last updated:
no promise of freedom, no hope of redemption
followup to what promises signed in our blood.
Permalink Mark Unread

A portal opens in the ground under Leareth and then he's through it and then a second after that someone pulls a piece of jewelry over his head and tightens the chain, a bit too far - 

"Don't choke him," someone objects in Quenya -

- the chain loosens, and Leareth's lying on the ground in a room with a richly carpeted floor and magic lights glittering in the ceiling. Some of the people standing around are Dwarves. 

"Is it working?"

"If it weren't we'd be dead, so I'd say, yes, it's working."

"You should tie him up anyway."

And then a hand on his cheek, surprisingly gentle. "Leareth? It's okay. You're safe here. We can't trust you, but you're safe here. And we'll figure something out."

Permalink Mark Unread

He knows the voice. He doesn't bother to open his eyes. It's - maybe real, maybe not, and it doesn't matter, it was too late a long time ago. And apologies aren't worth much at this point. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We don't need ten people in here."

      "Your grace."

"Working from the assumption he will kill me or worse if he gets half a chance we don't need ten people in here. The necklace worked on Vanyel. We can do...four people. And three of them can shut up - out of Utumno they hate noise, they hate crowds - are you injured, Leareth -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He shakes his head without speaking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Do you need anything right now."

Permalink Mark Unread

Headshake. He...wants to be curious, in some distant part of him, but at the same time he doesn't care, and if they leave him alone for thirty seconds he's going to go back to drifting. It's a fine moment. He is not, literally this second, being tortured. Maybe it's even real. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...with your consent, we'd like to take you to Lórien. He can put memories back, smooth over - trauma stuff - he helped Vanyel with a thing -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do whatever you want," Leareth says tonelessly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure that really counts." Familiar voice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fine. You have my consent." Leareth closes his eyes and turns his head away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "I think this is about as much as you get out of most rescued or escaped prisoners, before they've had some time. - arguably significantly more than you get out of most of them, really, he is speaking in complete sentences and following our conversation. I think Rúmil told me that took him...a Year, give or take."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should have figured it out faster," Vanyel says. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think I missed a month you spent taking dance lessons. Or an hour, for that matter. I - I hate to even speculate, right, feels like tempting fate, but I think he'll be okay in time. We have lots of time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Same destination as the last time we went to Lorien?"
 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth lets it happen to him. He lets everything happen to him, nowadays, whether it's awful or neutral or somewhere in between (there is, generally speaking, not any 'good'.) This might count as good if it were real. He's unconvinced, but thinking about it would take effort and he doesn't try anymore. That isn't a thing that's safe to do and it doesn't help anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Lórien can put his memories back. A big dump of them, all at once, twenty-seven practice conversations before he first made Melkor some Gates. Eight times he was persuaded to do that. A few weeks spent working on artifacts for the Noldor, after he'd been captured. And then a yearlong haze of torture.  

 

OFTEN THE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAKES THINGS WORSE IN THE SHORT TERM, he says over Leareth's head to the familiar voices. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We understand. Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

It certainly doesn't make him feel any more inclined to do anything. Leareth follows a halfhearted two or three steps of a train of thought about whether twenty-seven is a plausible number of times and then gives up. Trying to have true beliefs about the world via his own efforts is a lost cause. 

There continue to be moments which are fine, where he isn't particularly suffering, he'll take that. He wonders if they'll keep trying to talk to him. It might be informative, but then again, that would require caring about that. 

(Caring about whether or not this is real feels pretty dangerous, actually. It's on the path to caring about things at all, which is Proven Unsafe, and also if he's wrong then it'll hurt.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"You can have as long as you need to think about things," he says. "I think it gets easier with time, and we have time, and - probably there're other things we'll think of, too, now that we're thinking about this. 

 

Do you - want to be alive? I - I'm not actually promising anything, if you don't, you're not - not exactly the person I consider myself to have promised things to. But - do you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He - doesn't want things. Anymore. Also something in the phrasing of that is off, it doesn't feel like how Maitimo would speak of it, but why try to figure out what's real and what isn't, anymore. 

"I do not wish to be dead," he says dully. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right." He squeezes his hand, too hard, and then harder than that, until both of them can hear the bones break. "We have time. I'm sure we can get there eventually."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Leareth is not working against them. In the first months, in Tirion, communications with the Outer Lands also frustratingly cut off, all they could do was play it out in conversation at the dinner table. If Leareth was working against them, he'd probably arrange compulsions on their commanders and disintegrate the host from there. He'd probably take down Doriath, Tumunzahar, the growing little cities south of there. They wouldn't hear about it, not directly, but there'd be a flood of souls for Mandos, sooner or later. 

 

He might or might not return to Velgarth.

Everything is recoverable as long as he does not return to Velgarth and figure out what Vanyel found there. 

 

There is no flood of souls for Mandos. Once they get out to Tol Eressea and can use magic to spy on the continent, it looks quiet. So Leareth is not working against them, not fully, not yet. 

His father makes Vanyel improved versions of that headband, even though Vanyel needs it less.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is grateful for the headband anyway, because there are a lot of things he needs to rediscover from scratch. 

He can put together from Maitimo's recollection of Leareth's updates on his work that the inter-world Gate involved a complicated route through the planes of Velgarth, not the one he's used to. Vanyel does not know how to project his mind there. Fortunately, in his recent journey, at least he has experience of being brought into the spirit plane by a shaman (it's a long story).

It takes a month and some rather-too-risky experiments for him to figure out even that first step, and then once he's able to explore from the vantage point of the Void, he knows what order he should expect to find things in.

Out at Tol Eressea he makes himself a Work Room with magical shielding. Still manages to set the wall of it on fire, once. He tells Maitimo, ruefully, that it's an unfortunate talent of his. 

Leareth knew or had invented several dozen communications-spells. Vanyel knows - two. Neither is sophisticated enough to reach Velgarth even once he knows the way. He studies that as well. 

It takes six months, in total, before he does his first tentative, experimental tiny Gate to Velgarth, and then attempts to open communications with Valdemar, his home kingdom. He isn't sure whether they can help or whether it's even a good idea to tell them what he has planned, but they must be panicking over his disappearance. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth said you were an advisor to a king, there?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." And his best friend. And the biological father of his (officially illegitimate) daughter. It's...a complicated situation, what Vanyel's relationship is with Randi, and it's not going to be any less complicated now. "I'm," he blushes despite himself, "kind of a war hero, back home. I can't take that much credit for it, I wasn't braver than the others, I'm just stupidly powerful."

(Oh gods if he gets contact with Velgarth and brings anyone in then Maitimo is going to hear the songs about him and Vanyel might actually die of embarrassment over it...)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have we left Valdemar in a terrible place, taking you away for this long -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly? No. Maybe a better one. The main threat against us was Leareth. I'd...just told the King about it, everything, before I left." Not - entirely voluntarily. "Gods - did Leareth say anything about contacting Valdemar to warn them what he was planning? His agent did ask me but, er, I didn't exactly have time to get a message out." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Was yours the - kingdom he meant to destroy to build his god -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "At the start, yes. I...think he hoped it'd go differently from the first time we spoke." Vanyel rubs his eyes. "I still don't - understand why that happened. Foresight doesn't have to work that way, it's pretty obvious at least one god wanted me to murder him, I'm not sure how They got any benefit from my talking to him. He's very persuasive." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Do your gods usually all see eye to eye? Ours don't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My hypothesis here is that they don't. One of them's been - more friendly to me in our conversations," he remembers the Shadow-Lover's embrace and feels a very brief pang of longing for the place outside of time where nothing hurts and he isn't tired, and pushes it away. "So probably there's more than one involved, but, who knows. Our gods are more cryptic than yours. They don't generally talk to people. They've...made some exceptions for me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you expect them to object if we import a bunch of people and stuff from other dimensions to try to help Velgarth?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably. Let's cross that bridge when we come to it. I think if we're fast, probably the Star-Eyed Goddess won't have time to object to, er, my stealing some buried weapons that her people have been guarding for thousands of years. The one nice thing about our the gods is that I don't think they react fast and I'm pretty sure they don't have personal armies." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Valar are pretty slow too. The Gates thing was the fastest they've done anything in my life. Do you know exactly what you're going for, how long do you think you'll have to be in there -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...We should decide exactly what I'm going in there for first. I have translations of Urtho's notes, thankfully, they were in Yfandes' saddlebags. There are fifteen weapons left - that doesn't count the one Urtho set off during the Mage Wars. We know what some of them do. We can go through, see if any seem like they'll both work against Melkor and won't cause an unacceptable amount of collateral damage." He makes a face. "Though, I mean, even if they do kill everyone else on the continent, I'm...not sure how much of a choice we have. And we can fix it, afterward." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not the Dwarves. It might be worth warning them. I'd have to think about it. Wasn't Urtho wrong about the collateral damage of the one that was deployed -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yes. He was." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you have the notes here with you -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel does. He gets them out. They're not in a language Maitimo can read, but he can translate.

Fifteen weapons. They have varying amounts of information on what they can do. Vanyel is only confident enough in five of them to even guess at how they'd interact with Arda and its magic.

Weird cow skull and jewelry weapon. Unsure what it does. Nope. 

One summons a vast number of Abyssal demons (mindlessly hungry, incredibly dangerous beings). Probably not worth trying. Vanyel isn't sure that even an infinite number of demons can take out Melkor, and the collateral damage would be...high. 

This one sets off a mundane fireball. Not really any better than a Final Strike, especially since it needs someone to trigger it and that person is inevitably going to die. If they thought a big enough explosion would take Melkor down, Vanyel could try triggering it and calling a Final Strike at the same time, in hopes that it would stack. But...not a first choice. 

This one releases purely magical energy. That - might hurt Melkor a lot. Buy them time at least. It also leaks enough at the material plane, in the form of white-hot fire, that the caster is inevitably dead.

...Oh. And this one, Vanyel isn't sure he understands the notes fully, but it looks like the opposite of an explosion. Sucking in all magic in its surroundings. Probably via something akin to a temporary one-sided Gate opened directly to the Void, scaffolded on the weapon's design so it can remain stable long enough to do some serious damage. Possibility? 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I like that one. - is it safe to trigger?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I'm not sure." Vanyel pores over the notes some more. 

"All right," he says finally, "this...could be an issue. I'm not sure, Urtho didn't exactly document this clearly, but it's possible it was incomplete? It says the weapon calls for a non-living core acting as a channel of mage-energies, but that doesn't exist. If Urtho couldn't invent one then certainly I can't." Maybe Leareth could but that is not an option, Vanyel pushes back the ache, dwelling on that particular abyss of horror is not actually helping. 

"Maybe I could do it? Urtho didn't think a single mage could manage - and it would probably kill me, honestly - but I'm not a normal mage. Or, maybe there's some kind of magic you have here that could help?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No plans that kill you," he says in the same manner he reminds his father to eat when absorbed with a project. "....could a Maia do it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! Maybe. My understanding is that they basically are just an - area of magical control? We'd want to run some tests to see how it interacts before actually setting off the weapon. But that's a really good idea, it's worth investigating." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I might know a guy."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel smiles despite himself. "Oh? Is there a Maia who would be particularly enthused by, er, acting as a necessary component of a god-destroying weapon?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There is! That's the thing about the Maiar, there's so much psychological variety, you get ones who only care about whether heaps of pebbles have the right number of pebbles in them and then you get ones who are passionate about free people leading nice quiet lives, and also explosions."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel chuckles. "That's fortunate for us, then."

(Is it horrible to be enjoying himself at all given what's happening? Probably. But he needs to ever laugh or he's going to go insane before they get as far as Urtho's Tower at all.) 

"Anyway. Why don't you talk to him, and I'll get everything I can from the notes, and - I don't know if it'll be feasible to Gate in twice, we should probably do the first Gate really fast and then go for it on the assumption Melkor can tract inter-world Gates, but maybe Valdemar can send help." He looks down. "And... Leareth's people deserve to know what happened." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. - aaaaaand should really know to ignore anything they hear from Leareth at this point."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is an extremely good point – gods I hope it's not too late for it." Vanyel is realizing that it's been six months and Valdemar has had no way of contacting him and if Leareth had ordered his army after them then they would have been defenceless. "I'd better go do that right now. Er, can you politely ask your father if he can come to my Work Room with the Silmarils so I can draw on them?"

Vanyel likes Fëanáro and finds conversation with him fascinating and is also kind of scared to ask him for anything, particularly if it involves his Silmarils. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"On his way." It doesn't seem likely, that the reason they've had peace here is because Leareth and Melkor are solidifying control of another world instead. But why not? Is it just because he doesn't want to believe it? Leareth abandoned his plan to kill ten million of his people, when he saw even distant prospects of a better one. But - maybe he doesn't see those distant prospects of a better one now. 

 

No. Velgarth will be as defenseless in a year, if Vanyel gets himself killed, and it wouldn't be hard for Leareth and Melkor working together to get Vanyel killed, even from across the sea. Even if Maitimo can't think how it'd happen he can be pretty sure it would. 

On the other hand he's successfully predicted exactly none of Melkor's moves so far and all of them have been successes, so -

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanáro arrives. He's been wearing the Silmarils on a chain around his neck; he doesn't need to take them off or even make them visible for Vanyel to use them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel gets out his spell-artifact, and contacts Savil. <Aunt. It's me>  It's always weird using the communication spell, like Mindspeech but not, it doesn't have any of the emotional overtones or intimacy. Only words.  

Permalink Mark Unread

A world away, Herald-Mage Savil Ashkevron leaps up from her chair. <Ke'chara? Oh, gods - what - Dara said... Where are you? What happened? Are you all right?>

Permalink Mark Unread

<I'm fine> Or close enough, anyway. <I'm in another world. Long story. Leareth came here by accident. There's...an evil god, he was scheming a war, Leareth tried to intervene. Decided he needed my help - he did ask first but it happened really fast and I didn't have time to tell Dara anything and then, um, it kind of became ten times as much an emergency...> 

Vanyel catches Savil up on the last six months, in quick summary because the spell is tiring even for him. It's probably less efficient than what Leareth could do.  

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil catches him up on Valdemar as well. Diplomatic party claiming to be from Leareth's country/army in the north, stating that he's standing down the entire war here in Velgarth. Asking if they could accommodate refugees – two hundred thousand, can Valdemar's agriculture support that many? It wouldn't be forever but it might be for years. 

There were arguments. Mistrust. Quiet panic behind closed doors. It really did not help matters when Dara straggled in with Rolan, exhausted from riding eighteen hours a day for a week, and informed them of Vanyel's disappearance through a Gate. They did know Vanyel was agreeing to whatever it was, Yfandes had time to Mindspeak that much to her, but...not what. Suspicion. Paranoia. 

They're not at war. Everyone has been extremely stressed for months; Shavri is a mess, Randi is a mess; but they're not at war.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel asks to be put in touch with someone from Leareth's side, he has an important message for them. Savil promises to arrange it if he checks back in the next day.

He drops the spell and sags against the wall of the Work Room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel should eat a jelly pastry with powdered sugar on top. "They haven't heard from Leareth either?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel switches to Mindspeech so he can eat and talk. :My side hasn't. They're in contact with Leareth's people, he sent a diplomatic party or something? From the timing, it was well before he was captured. I didn't speak to anyone in charge on Leareth's side yet, but Savil's going to put me in touch. But - they're not at war. Everything's been quiet. My aunt said they were making plans about accommodating your refugees. I told her Leareth was captured and I've asked to speak to his people, she'll arrange that, I can make sure they know that he's...compromised: Gods but he hates using that word. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I don't know if you still had any doubts about who Leareth was before this happened. But for me, that he was in a way I could never possibly have verified making arrangements in his world to accommodate our refugees - settles it. 

 

Of course, the sort of organization you can pivot on a dime from a mass murder campaign to protecting refugees through a few messages from a world away is also the sort you can pivot right back with as little effort. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods slowly. :I still had a lot of doubts when I landed here. But I don't anymore. I wish–: it's hard to even form the words, :I wish I had ever gotten a chance to - talk to him - when I knew that for sure. Our last real conversation was my telling him I was blocking the dreams for a year and investigating on my own because I didn't trust him: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I am pretty sure he thought that among the most sensible things you could possibly do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel does not say what he's thinking, which is 'do you think I'll ever have a chance to say I'm sorry.' It's an incredibly pointless question to ask and it's not like Maitimo knows either. 

:I, er, have a question that might be awkward: he says instead. It took him a while to notice, because he doesn't keep his Thoughtsensing open by default, and then it was embarrassing, and then he just...didn't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmmm?

Permalink Mark Unread

:What's the deal with your shield-talisman? I, er, noticed that Quendi don't shield against my kind of Thoughtsensing – I haven't been snooping on anyone's thoughts, I promise, that would be so unethical and rude: 

It's been hard to avoid looking sometimes, since they do use osanwë with him and that's a lot like Mindspeech, and he might have maybe snooped a little bit by accident while he was getting used to it. Not a lot though and he tried very hard to forget the thoughts he saw. 

:And you're not the only person with a shield-artifact that Leareth made, but you are the only one who has one set up to provide a shield against Thoughtsensing too: Which must have been tricky to develop, actually, a spell that lets osanwë through and will work with someone who doesn't have any Velgarth-style Gifts at all. :I'm curious how that happened: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, Leareth was reading all of us constantly, at first - I think he makes a point of trying not to be swayed very much by whether things are unethical or rude, if they seem important - and, uh, I found it distracting. It made it hard to think about whether I trusted him, having him listening. So he made it for me. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods. :Leareth is very, very paranoid. It sounds like that might have been - really important, for getting your people through the start of the war. I don't think I could've pulled it off: He fidgets with the quartz communication-spell-focus. :But, wow - that's a sign he trusted you. A lot: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems like maybe a thing about building an organization that can kill ten million people for you is that you end up starved for friends who want to save everyone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gods but that makes him want to cry. Vanyel blinks hard. :He's talked about that kind of thing a bit. I think - he recognizes that he made a lot of choices which made him sort of...untrustworthy as a person. That mean good people won't want to work with him. And, I don't know, it sounds like he tried it both ways, and he had a hard time finding others who wanted to save everyone and having them - stick around? Because the gods were trying to take apart everything he did. So he decided he had to sacrifice that too, had to be as ruthless as the gods in order to have a chance, and that meant not even trying to have allies who would object to his methods:

Nope it is a losing battle not crying but at least he can turn his face away so Maitimo doesn't see. :I think he really, really didn't want to kill me. He said I was a light in the world that burned brighter than most and it'd be a tragedy for that to be extinguished. But - he would have, if it had come to that, he wouldn't have let caring about me be a barrier in the way of winning. I, just...:

Vanyel doesn't have any words for the emotion he's feeling. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. A neat thing about this plan compared to the very big explosion plans is that it might not kill him?

 

- not that I know what to do with him, if we don't kill him. He won't be okay, most of the rescues from Utumno killed themselves and less than half of them have ever come back.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Right. I...have a hard time imagining anything getting Leareth to kill himself: though maybe that's just wishful thinking. :I don't know. We could see. Was there something that helped with the people from Utumno who did end up coming back?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Lórien can restore memories - Melkor can remove them, edit them, stuff like that. And heal physical injuries, of course, if there are any. And do some - uh, if every time you touch water it hurts you, you'll have some expectation-of-getting-hurt whenever you see water, Lórien can smooth that out too. But that's usually - less than half of what's wrong, I think, and most of the rest is more complicated.

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Having his memories removed sounds like Leareth's worst nightmare: Vanyel lets his head fall back against the wall. :Hmm. In Velgarth we have another kind of Gift called Mindhealing, which is basically what it sounds like. I know someone, I trust her. That might be able to help with the more complicated parts, although it's not perfect or easy: As Vanyel knows better than anyone, probably. 

–He sits bolt upright. :Oh! And they can block Gifts. My–: he cuts himself off before saying 'daughter', :the King's daughter invented it. She's twelve years old - er, that's pre-adolescent for humans - and there is no way in a million years I am bringing her here for this. But she showed Melody, her teacher – that's what Melody did to block my Foresight dream, it's presumably still blocked. And, it's been occurring to me that if we do get Leareth out alive, we can't really trust him. It'd simplify things if we could block all of his magic. I...can't imagine him being happy about that...but I also can't imagine that it's worse than - whatever's already happened to him in there: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. I didn't know that was possible to do at all. 

 

I think...Leareth-the-person-we-knew would want us to handle a potentially dangerous prisoner that way, no matter what Leareth-now feels about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

"I should get some rest," Vanyel says out loud, starting to drag himself up. "And then I'll work on the notes and I'll check in with Velgarth tomorrow and we can ask that Maia you mentioned and..." He trails off. "Um, do you think you could do the singing thing to help me sleep again?" 

Vanyel has picked up one healing song well enough that it works at all. If it were at all justifiable he'd be spending a lot more time learning the Quendi music, it's beautiful, but he isn't exactly a bottleneck on singing to do magic and he is a bottleneck on a lot of other things. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." 

 

And he sings. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel gets some sleep, and is reminded to eat when he wakes up, and then translates more of his notes into Quenya for Maitimo. (He can't write in Quenya yet but he's had six months to become pretty comfortable speaking it.)

"Urtho didn't think this was very, er, usable as a weapon," he says. "He was worried it would swallow all the energy in its vicinity, including the mage triggering it. And I'm not sure a Maia is immune to that either – the whole idea is we think it'll get Melkor, Maiar are more vulnerable than him – but, maybe we can figure out some sort of shielding that draws on the Silmarils?" Shrug. "It should be possible to activate it and shut it off in a controlled way, if the person in control is still alive." 

He closes his eyes. "...I guess in the worst case scenario, we can't shut it off. In which case it won't harm the Quendi but it might get all the other Maiar and Valar, if the shielding around Valinor isn't enough. I don't think that's likely – at the very least I can Final Strike at short range if it's going out of control and that should destroy it, but is that...worth risking?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - there are a lot of Maiar.

 

 

The Valar could if warned probably make sure that wouldn't happen but I am worried they'll just refuse us permission to do it. I don't think I want to ask them. Let's - get ready to deploy, and then delay to try some kind of shielding with the Silmarils. But if anything happens to make us conclude we don't have enough time to do the shielding - I think we risk it. And if it's spreading out of control you can try to Gate it off this world."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You know, that's a much better idea than my first one," Vanyel admits. "I think it wouldn't harm Velgarth the same way - I mean, it'd be bad, but it wouldn't kill our gods, they're not just magic, and it wouldn't kill mages who weren't right next to it although I bet it would be the worst backlash ever– oh. You know, I just realized that if it's reliant on your Maia friend, if he stops cooperating," or gets eaten, "then I'm pretty sure it just shuts off anyway, it'd be missing a key component. Maybe. I'm not sure. I need to think about this more carefully." 

He rubs his eyes. "After I get in touch with Leareth's people. Need the Silmarils in the Work Room again but hopefully this time will be quicker." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll tell my father."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel casts the spell. 

He reaches Savil, who transfers him to someone else.

He explains the situation, quickly, but without sugarcoating any of it. They need to know how bad things are. 

...It seems like they believe him. It seems as though Leareth, in whatever communications he managed before the capture, instructed his people that Vanyel was an ally.

They confirm that they haven't heard anything from Leareth in six months. That they were worried but not panicked over this. The truth is worse than they'd imagined, but - not unrecoverable from, maybe, if Vanyel is there. They promise that if Leareth does contact them, they will absolutely not listen unless Vanyel has contacted them first to say that Leareth is out and okay. 

(Vanyel, in a moment of paranoia, switches back to Savil and asks her to get Leareth's representative to say all of that under Truth Spell. They do. They're not lying.)

(Leareth is not going to be okay. Vanyel doesn't say that, maybe he should but he can't bring himself to.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My friend is interested. His name is Olórin. Can you explain to him what you need him to do -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not going to know exactly what he needs to do until we actually have the weapon," which might be five minutes before they deploy it, "but I can walk him through what a mage-channel normally does, and test it with the Silmarils – him channeling their power through to me ought to be similar enough to be a practice case." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good."

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo's Maia friend is so excited about this plan and so pleased to meet Vanyel.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel does his best to be pleased to meet him in return. It's hard to be pleased about that kind of thing nowadays.

"Can you sense me doing magic?" he asks. "I can show you how would act as a mage-channel. The idea is that you can do the same thing, but with a lot more power." And without dying because Olórin is the kind of being that can't die. Hopefully. Maybe. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right, I'm watching."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel demonstrates moving magic through himself. He can also share his own sense-impressions of what it feels like, if that helps. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I think I should be able to do that!" He sounds very pleased about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good!" Vanyel is pleased as well. "Let's go find Fëanáro and ask to test it with the Silmarils – you try being in contact with them and drawing the power out to 'hand' it to me?" 

:Maitimo, can you ask your father about the Silmarils?: He still generally chickens out of asking himself, even though he's needing them quite often now for his research. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shocking everyone, he has gotten so sick of having his research interrupted for this reason that he gave me permission to ferry them.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Wow. I did not think that would literally ever happen. He must be really tired of my face: 

Vanyel leads Olórin to his shielded Work Room to test their idea. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's trying to figure out the shielding side of this. And maybe yet another update to the headband.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's really good. I can go over and talk to him at some point about what kind of shielding I think it'll need, if that helps: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think that's a good idea. The shielding won't be ready as fast as the weapon, so we should be prepared to go ahead without it, but - if we have time, it seems much safer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. :...What's our trigger to go ahead anyway? Just Melkor escalating, or...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melkor escalating. The Valar deciding to intervene, though first I'd just try to make them hold some hearings about it. 

Any action on Melkor's part that ...looks like Leareth shaped it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

Vanyel tests whether Olórin can successfully channel power to him. He'll warn the Maia if it's more than he can handle, he's pretty sure even he can't take the maximum energy output from the Silmarils, but he'll also want to check if Olórin thinks he could handle more. He's not sure of the weapon's exact specs and there may not be time to find out but he's pretty sure it'll be more. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Olórin would be delighted to channel power at Vanyel! He needs a bit of practice at it but he thinks he could do a lot of it, more than that, more than that...

Permalink Mark Unread

–Nope that is enough, Vanyel cannot deal with more power than that. But they can dial it back down to something comfortable and then practice a lot, get the technique as solid as possible, in hopes that it'll transfer for the real thing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool!!

Permalink Mark Unread

- he's aware it's dangerous, Maitimo assures Vanyel after some practice. He's just - not inclined to make himself enjoy it less on that account.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is a very mysterious way to feel but he'll take it.

Vanyel reads the notes some more. He remembers which room the weapon was in; he can Gate directly there, grab it, Gate directly out, it shouldn't take more than thirty seconds. Bringing a live world-destroying weapon through a Gate is not the smartest idea he's ever had but there's no indication Urtho thought this one was unstable, it shouldn't work at all without something to put in to replace the missing core.

At some point it's time to admit that there isn't any more useful preparation he can do on this end. Where's Fëanáro at on shielding? 

Permalink Mark Unread

He has a very sketchy prototype that might help, but I don't really care to bet anyone's life on it. Three more months and I'll have something I'm happy with.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Three months is a pretty long time. 

Gating to Velgarth is almost certainly going to get Melkor's attention. Increase the probability that he escalates and they have to set the plan off ahead of schedule. But Melkor might do that anyway and - if he does it'll be better if they've chosen the timing themselves, and already have the weapon. Getting it might take under a minute, but Melkor was able to pin down and trap Leareth in the mountain in seconds

(And three months out here might be three years in Angband, but the fact that Vanyel can barely think about subjecting Leareth to that, is not by itself a strategic consideration to move before they're ready.) 

Vanyel asks Maitimo what he thinks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If the shielding doesn't work, and Olórin can't make it stop, then you Gate it out. And maybe that gets him too, but he wouldn't be dead, just - hard for us to retrieve with our current resources. And if the shielding fails., and Olórin can't make it stop, and somehow you can't Gate it either - maybe if it fails much faster than expected, such that it gets your magic too? - then we have a couple of nonmages here and if the Valar can't fix it or are themselves dead there's no way to reach Velgarth. ....maybe leave Velgarth instructions on how to reach us, to mitigate that worst case scenario? But I don't think it's worth three months of waiting.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel doesn't like it but it makes sense. 

He'll take a couple of days to prepare – talk to Leareth's commander over in Velgarth again, get details on the artifact prototype they have for between-world communication, make his own over here. Since it can be paired with a Quendi-style artifact and thus powered indefinitely, theoretically it should be able to receive messages even if there are no Velgarth mages left alive in Arda. Probably they should leave it with someone Maitimo trusts, in Valinor, with the maximum level of protection between it and where the attack would happen. 

When that's done, and Vanyel has gotten a good solid night's sleep, he's ready. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He leaves it with his mother. He has not had any spare energy to throw at his parents' relationship, lately, and Fëanáro's been working every waking moment on the use of the Silmarils for the war, but she's started going up to the city, guessing somehow the right moment to slip in and talk him through a problem. it's the first time they've talked in years without yelling at each other. 

Maitimo mostly thinks that wasn't Melkor but he's not going to say so. 

 

Now?

Permalink Mark Unread

Now.

Drawing on the Silmarils to fuel it – Vanyel's practiced enough Gates now that he can do it simultaneously and exhaust himself less – Vanyel raises a Gate to Urtho's Tower, to the exact room where the weapon he needs is, and dives through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And something - slithers along the Gate, maybe, not destructively, not interacting with it, just there -

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel snatches up the weapon, using a touch of Fetching to help – it doesn't look much like a weapon at all, more like an abstract sculpture of some kind, a pillow of hollow-cast bluish metal cubes stacked in a sort of random arrangement. The metal bears an odd sheen or patina, like rainbows in oil. 

He throws a hasty shield over it, just in case that does any good, and sprints back through the Gate and slams the Gate down. :Maitimo we have a problem: 

Permalink Mark Unread

What

Permalink Mark Unread

:Felt something - interfere with my Gate - magic, not Velgarth magic, it didn't damage anything but it was there. Has to have been from this end: He grits his teeth. :Do you think this means we need to kick things off now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. - in some fashion that definitely definitely does not explode you because what if something got out -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh NO: and he doesn't even have time to get out a warning back home, or, no, it's less that he lacks time and more that the spell is tiring, even with the headband from Fëanáro that increases his endurance, and he's going to need every scrap of his strength for what's ahead.

But he takes a deep breath, and feels - not calm, but clear, crystalline and transparent and perfectly focused, like a honed glass blade. Vanyel has always been better at pulling himself together when something is trying to kill him. 

:Get Olórin and your father: he snaps out. :I'm Gating to the place we decided: shortly outside Angband, far enough to be sure Melkor won't be able to counteract his magic, hopefully close enough that they won't need to have the weapon active for long. 

:–Oh, gods: he remembers it now, like an idiot, :I do not have time to get us a Mindhealer so that'll need to be after. I can put a lot of compulsions on Leareth in the interim: If they find him alive. :If I'm too tired or unconscious, drug him or hit him on the head or something, he can't do magic if he's not conscious. Reckon the attack itself should buy us time, he's going to have some unbelievable backlash from it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Understood. 

 

Angband is big; they can have an army help them search it but the army's not that close - they can be ordered to get there, right away, as fast as possible - that makes this rather all-or-nothing but there was never any hope of winning this without Vanyel -

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Vanyel will have whatever time interval elapses until the others are there and ready, and then, Gate goes up. Moment of no return. He hesitates, but only for a fraction of a second, before stepping through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Angband is tall and black and imposing and looks like it was designed by an evil god who does not particularly go for creativity or subtlety. 

 

Fëanáro sets the Silmarils up to shield them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel puts the weapon down on the ground. 

:Like this: he sends to Olórin, directly sharing his own mage-sight, gesturing at the motion needed to set it off. :Wait for our word. Then - it's going to basically suck all the magic in there through you and you need to keep it all controlled:

He throws his own shields over the Maia as well, for all the good that's likely to do. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The ground shakes. A blizzard of black smoke and ash erupts from the nearby mountains; something seeps out of the ground with a hiss.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel clenches his teeth, waits until absolutely the last second he can justify. :Go: he barks to Olórin. 

Permalink Mark Unread

SUPERWEAPON!!!

Permalink Mark Unread

The first thing to happen is that a dozen motes of light dance along the cubes, toward the topmost one – and then spread in a ring, matching the full width of the device's base – and then, in an instant, everything inside the ring vanishes. There's nothing but a darkness deeper than darkness, it absorbs and swallows light. The Void. 

And the magic of Angband is sucked inexorably toward it. 

Their surroundings shrink to nothing but light against the darkness, rainbows swirling into the mouth now open in the fabric of reality itself, everything around them drawn through Olórin himself and then out of the world entirely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The fortress starts to crumble, without magic supporting it, crashing down on itself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- if that kills him - no, that doesn't matter, not right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The doors of the fortress of Angband swing outwards, and then crumble to dust in the process of swinging outwards. Melkor is there. He's holding an enormous quantity of stone suspended in front of him. His face is unreadable. The ground shakes more violently, more violently - 

- then the ground shaking stops. Melkor is still standing there. To a Quendi eye he looks just the same, perhaps staggered somehow. 


The weapon is still functioning.

The Silmaril-shield snaps.

Permalink Mark Unread

No - not yet - they need just a few seconds more, and Vanyel flings everything that he is into his shield - he blinks, trying to make his mage-sight line up, how much of Melkor can possibly be left–

Permalink Mark Unread

By mage-sight it doesn't look like a Vala, nothing like Lórien. It looks like a - stone statue, actually.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. 

That is when his shields give way, and he shouts :SHUT IT DOWN NOW: at Olórin. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- I don't quite see how, he says calmly. Oh, hmmm.

 

And he relaxes, suddenly. The spell swallows him. 

The artifact drops to the ground.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel sags to his knees, then forward and half-catches himself on his hands. He's empty, in a way he can't ever remember feeling before. 

:S'over, Melkor, s'gone...: he manages, to Maitimo, and then collapses fully onto the ground, not quite losing consciousness but certainly not able to move. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He wants to pick him up but - 

One more thing to do. 

The orcs are confused. The orcs are - oh, of course, the oaths are gone, they felt it -

 

We are going to search Angband for prisoners, he tells every Noldo in range. That's about ten thousand, now, but it'll be more shortly, they're hurrying towards here. We need to find Leareth in the next hour, we can't be sure he'll be stunned from the backlash longer than that. Get him - Vanyel looks in no state to either Gate or install a lot of compulsions. If it's been an hour or longer, hit him over the head until he's not conscious. Try not to kill him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is not the worst kind of moment but it's a very confusing one. 

Leareth seems to be lying sprawled on something hard and cold, there's a weight on his chest, a sharp pain he can't quite locate every time he breathes. His head is throbbing. He's not currently being tortured, though. That makes it better than a lot of the other moments. 

–He can feel his mage-gift again. It's not working, but it's not-working in a backlash sort of way, not as though it's blocked. 

It's very confusing and Leareth isn't trying to do anything about that, trying isn't safe, reasoning from the evidence of his senses is ruled out as an option – but it's distantly occurring to him that this is different, doesn't match anything else in his jumbled memories, and maybe that means something, if 'meaning' is something the world still has. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Some people burst into the room. They confer among themselves at the door. Someone steps warily forward to look at him. 

 

A few minutes pass.

Permalink Mark Unread

Also weird. Leareth tries to lift his head to get a better look and then gives up, it's not as though what he's seeing now is likely to have any particular correlation to what ends up happening.

It's cold. He's starting to shiver. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel are you in shape to do the compulsions on Leareth in the next five minutes or should we knock him out.

Permalink Mark Unread

:–Gods. Um, no, sorry, I - don't think I can: Using Mindspeech is still pretty much the limit of his abilities. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's fine. He's alive, we can fix everything later. You did great. 

 

He walks into the room Leareth is in. Meets his eyes, for half a second. 


Gestures for someone to club him in the head.

Permalink Mark Unread

With the help of Quendi healing songs, and sleep, and something to eat, Vanyel feels up for doing the compulsions twelve hours later. He's going to be extremely thorough, he tells Maitimo – it seems kind of excessive and he doesn't feel very good about it but overkill is better than underkill, here, and...it's true, that the Leareth he used to know would completely understand this as a path of action. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know very much about how the compulsions work but - yes, please do absolutely everything you can think of and then some."

Permalink Mark Unread

The first thing Leareth notices when he wakes up is that he isn’t allowed to move. Not ‘can’t’. He’s comfortable enough and doesn’t seem to be restrained, but he can feel the weight of the rather clumsily done compulsion on his mind.

Melkor hasn’t tried that one before. He can’t do a real one unless he has Vanyel now no, it’s unimaginable that Vanyel could be tricked the way Leareth was, and he wouldn’t hesitate to Final Strike before he could be captured. It’d be hard to fake just the sensory experience of it, Leareth thinks.

Evidence of something, if reasoning from evidence were safe, which it isn’t.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think he's awake, can you check?

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods, unshields and opens his Thoughtsensing. :Think so, yes:

Permalink Mark Unread

He should've thought about what to say. No, he shouldn't have, that would have been a stupid thing to think about. 

 

You should be able to communicate with us by leaving thoughts public, he says. If you use that to inform us that you want food or water or a blanket or to walk around we'll arrange that. If you don't do anything we are going to make you eat and walk around at intervals that are vaguely healthy for humans anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wanting anything isn't safe. And it's generally been better not to interact, in the hallucinations, it only gives Melkor more opportunities to twist it into something wrong and awful. 

Leareth is thirsty, though, he - can feel that his Mindspeech is there but he isn't allowed, but he is allowed to sort of let that thought drift in a way where he expects Maitimo to hear it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The compulsion will let him follow simple verbal orders. "Get some water."

Sigh. 

We did something we hoped and expected would kill Melkor and we have reason to think it worked. The oaths that Melkor had all the orcs swear are broken. I do not know of a way that could have happened other than him being dead. Vanyel and Yfandes are fine. No one in Velgarth is having a war, at least not on your account. Vanyel told your people not to listen to you if you contacted them and they seem to have believed him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth finds himself sitting up – his ribs twinge and he flinches a little – there's water beside him on a sort of folding table and he takes it and drinks.

...This is by far the most realistic-sounding Maitimo Melkor has done that he's been allowed to remember, which is maybe evidence of something but Leareth is not especially interested in taking the next step with it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I consulted some people about what to expect. They said you probably wouldn't want to talk. - actually they were more confident than that but you are enough of a psychological outlier that I downgraded it to 'probably'. If you do want to talk I'm not busy. If you don't want to talk I will wait several years before I start trying to get you to come around on that, Vanyel thinks Quendi are more patient than humans and we do not need anything from you and there's a strategic argument that being irretrievably extremely boring for the first several years after rescue is correct, right, it means he has to invest several subjective years into every pretend rescue and that's a lot of time not torturing people. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth stares blankly at him – following what he's saying requires a few steps of inference and Leareth is not inclined to put effort toward that, but he is fairly sure that none of his confusing and contradictory false-rescue memories involved multiple boring years, and maybe that means something. He isn't sure what. Figuring out what it means requires reasoning about it and reasoning isn't safe. 

...This is a tolerable moment. He's not currently being tortured.

Sitting up is tiring, and he would lie down and turn to face the other way but the compulsion won't let him decide to do that, and decisions aren't safe anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's fine. That's expected and doesn't mean he messed up horribly.  

"Lie down."

 

 

He goes to check on Vanyel.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is sitting on the ground with his arms draped around his knees, staring vaguely out at the sea of tents in front of what used to be Angband. 

:...I feel like I ought to talk to him: he sends, wearily. :But - I'm just going to get upset about it. Won't I?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits down next to him, puts a hand on his shoulder. 

You will probably get upset about it. But - I don't know. I think if it were me I'd want people to talk to me.

 

I talked to - a friend of my grandfather who went through Utumno. He said -

- don't ask what he wants, it's hostile, right, if you know what someone wants you know what they don't want. do try to pay a lot of attention to what he wants, since otherwise probably very important things that he wants won't happen as he won't think of asking for them. 

- don't touch him.

- don't - don't drop cues that there are bad things in the future, or him-requiring things in the future - we shouldn't tell him about whatever it was that happened with your final gate to Velgarth - or that we could use his help figuring out whether it's possible to fish a Maia out of the Void.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods. Leans against Maitimo’s shoulder.

:I’ll talk to him. Just - need to get my head around it, you know? I knew him for fifteen years, I’ve - probably learned more because of him, changed more, than with anyone else. And - it’s really hard to convince my mind that I can’t just talk to him exactly the way I used to. And - also still try to remember that it is him, there’s got to be - something left...:

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I'm so sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel sits there for another minute. :Thank you: he says finally. He gets up. Walks back to the tent where Leareth is lying. Sits next to him. 

:I have absolutely no expectation that you believe anything I'm saying, right now: he sends. Leareth is compulsion-prevented from Mindspeaking, which is probably excessive but it can be used offensively; his Gifts aren't blocked though, he can hear it.

:You were right that I would want to know about what was happening here, and to help. You were right to bring me here, even if there wasn't a lot of opportunity to coordinate on it beforehand, and you - did a lot right, in those first few months, so that I could start out in the position I did. It was still really hard and I'm sorry it took so long, but - the fact that we still had a path to victory is thanks to what you did before me: 

He closes his eyes. :I'm not going to ask you for anything more than what you already did. And I'm not going to make promises, because I figure that won't be very reassuring. But I'm here and I don't currently have any intentions of leaving: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't move. Mostly it's because of the compulsions, this time; if he could move normally he might summon enough curiosity to turn and look at Vanyel's face.

Melkor...hasn't been this good at Vanyel, in the past. Though it's not like he can trust anything he remembers, anymore, any reasoning about it is built on quicksand. Melkor eventually figured out something convincing enough that Leareth fell for it; if he can do that in one area, he can do it anywhere. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel sits there for a while. Tries not to cry. He can go do that later, somewhere else, it feels disrespectful to do it in front of Leareth. 

Eventually he gets up and heads to see if he's needed for anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think mostly the next priority is getting to your world. To warn them about whatever that was and to get a Mindhealer who can do something less restrictive than this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods. :I'm going to need...at least a day, I think two would be better if we're not in a huge rush. The fight: if that's even the right word for it :took a lot out of me. But I agree that's really important. It's possible the healing songs would help me get back faster: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think it's worth exhausting yourself to do. Two days sounds good. 

And he leans his head back and sings. 

If Leareth doesn't let any of his thoughts drift where Maitimo can see them he'll make him get up and walk around and eat in two hours.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does not float out any public thoughts in the next two hours, or for the rest of that day, except very occasionally in response to one of them talking to him directly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he will walk around and eat every four hours while he's awake and drink water and roll over every hour and - do we need to tell him to sleep?

Permalink Mark Unread

:The compulsions shouldn't stop him from falling asleep if he's tired, but it's not like there's regular day and night here - my sleep was all messed up at the start because of that - it might be helpful if we pick a schedule: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. We can match him to you, I think Quendi sleep less.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sounds good - and yes, I'd noticed that. Especially your father: Vanyel frowns. :How is Fëanáro? I haven't spoken to him since...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right, I think. He's making plans to build the Quendi city we originally came out here to build. And making plans for diplomatic contact with the peoples of your world. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Should I loop him in on the Gate I'm doing to Haven? I'm going to have to do it to the main part of the Palace and hold it for a bit, I don't know where Melody will be and I haven't coordinated with her or anything. Was thinking I'd use the time to update Savil a bit. She's probably worried sick about me. Anyway, your father could send through a party at the same time if he wanted: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He probably would, but I don't know how many people we have who speak your language yet. I guess we have two days.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mindspeech and osanwë seem to interface fine? I could communicate right away even before I learned Quenya: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes but it'd be like - showing up in rags, or covered in blood, or something, showing up not speaking your language. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I really don't see our King taking that much offence from it. He knows you've had more urgent priorities than learning a language: Vanyel shakes his head. :It takes humans months or years to become fluent, usually. I gather most Quendi are faster than that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. A couple weeks, for most people - and words are very important, you're closing off so much if you aren't competent to use them -

Permalink Mark Unread

:I suppose you do have a good point, there. Anyway, talking to people in my native language isn't tiring, and I'm not sure I'm needed for much else, so I'd be happy to give some lessons: 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. I'll put a diplomatic party together. Is it going to cause problems anywhere else that we went to Valdemar first?

Permalink Mark Unread

:I can't see why it would? Leareth's side has a diplomatic contingent in Haven too, you could talk to them, and - I mean, your contacts in Velgarth are Leareth and me, of course you'd want to talk to our respective homelands first. Randi will figure out the political ramifications, he can help coordinate who else you should maybe talk to: 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Thank you. 

 

He will set up language courses. While they're learning the language they can maybe pick up some cultural things as well? How is the King addressed? How is the King selected? What are Valdemar's biggest problems? Which of the Quendi fields of study and inventions are familiar?

 

 

Does Leareth have any thoughts in public before they Gate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does at one point publicly think that he's cold, and on a second occasion wonders where he is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Cold Leareth gets a blanket. Curious Leareth gets a rush of relief and affection which he is careful to allow to leak into his osanwë only a little bit. 

We're camped out just outside Angband. In a few days Vanyel is going to Gate us back to Tol Eressëa, outside Valinor. We have an operations base there.

First he is going to Gate back to Velgarth, though, to get a friend of his who can block your Gifts and to formally open interworld diplomacy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Huh, that's a surprising amount of detail. And the combination of friendliness and (frankly sensible) caution is very Maitimo. 

Leareth tries not to have any feelings one way or the other about having his Gifts blocked, though he can't quite suppress the flicker of curiosity at when and how Valdemar acquired this capacity and whether it's done by mage-craft, Mindhealing, or something else. He knew about it before, from Vanyel's declaration about blocking the dreams - he trusts his memories of the past before arriving in Arda a little more, though not entirely.

Leareth does not respond to the explanation in any way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He occupies himself organizing a diplomatic party! Anyone whose Valdemaran is accented still will have to stay home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi isn't going to know what hit him, Vanyel thinks. The Quendi are lovely people and also terrifyingly smart and charismatic. 

After two days of solid sleep (with Leareth matched to his bedtime, though he can wake up whenever he does on his own, it turns out that if left alone he'll sleep several more hours per night than Vanyel), he feels ready for the Gate. They don't have a shielded Work Room, which he would really prefer given the minimal but not zero risk of accidentally letting in something from one of the non-material planes he has to get through. He'll make due with temporary shields flung up on a tent, draw on the Silmarils while Fëanáro holds them, and wait for the diplomatic party to line up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Which they do! Fëanáro is coming personally. If Maitimo is stressed about this he's not showing it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is going to get a quick private-Mindspeech word out to Savil warning her about Fëanáro's, well, entire personality, but with that he doesn't foresee any huge problems. Valdemar is pretty accepting. He's very curious what people are going to think. 

He raises the Gate to the small indoor chapel in the central meeting-rooms wing. It's exhausting from the get-go, but he sticks his head out and finds Savil with Mindspeech. :It's me. War's over, we won. Gate up from Arda, can't hold it forever. Need Melody urgently. Diplomatic party from the Noldor coming through, just so you know...: Context on Fëanáro. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm headed over, ke'chara. Need to see your face: Pause. :Melody's coming. Says she could've used literally any warning. What do you need her for?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Blocking Leareth's Gifts. It's just a precaution. He's...not in good shape, we probably need her in her Mindhealer capacity too, but the Gifts part is more urgent: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You think he might–:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I absolutely do not think he's going to betray us but we're going to be good and cautious: Vanyel nods to Maitimo. Diplomatic party can go through, someone's coming to meet them – oh, there's Dara already. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi are so honored to meet the people of Valdemar which just saved all their lives by winning the war against their evil god. They're aware that Valdemar was largely unaware of doing this but they appreciate it so much anyway.  They have a lot of botanists who'd like to go catalogue all the plants in Valdemar and assume Valdemar has corresponding botanists who'd like to go catalogue all the plants in Arda and similar with every other field of study and they would like to enable this. Arda is reportedly getting a sun soon which should produce lots of interesting things for ecologists to study.  

Also, and they don't mean any disrespect but they heard that Velgarth has a huge problem with people ...dying? And not coming back? They would like to solve this, if they can, and in the meantime be directed to all the projects dedicating to mitigating it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara takes all of this quite calmly. She introduces herself as the King's Own Herald to King Randale, who unfortunately is ill – maybe the Quendi can help with that? – and that's why he isn't here in person to greet them. She seems a bit bemused by the part about Arda getting a sun but takes it in stride. She suggests that they go sit down over supper and discuss what all the things are that both sides would like addressed in the next week. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody arrives slightly out of breath, she jogged all the way over from her suite at Healers' in case Vanyel couldn't hold the Gate long enough and she's not in amazing shape. She is otherwise calm. Outwardly, anyway.

:Van, what are you dragging me into this time: Her mindvoice is also mostly calm, just kind of weary. :Also, can I just say that the last eighteen months have been the most surreal of my life and it keeps getting worse, and this is entirely your fault: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel thinks it's mostly Leareth's fault, actually. He doesn't say so. :Need you to block Leareth's Gifts: He won't go into the rest right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody sighs slightly and comes through the Gate. :I hope they'll be able to lend me a change of clothes. Didn't have any time to pack: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The other side of the Gate is in a field of tents made of incredibly gorgeous silk sheets, at the base of an ancient crumbled fortress. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody glances around briefly, then nods to Maitimo. :My name is Melody. I'm a Mindhealer - I assume Van explained to you what that means? Does your world have anything like it?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

One of our gods does some of the same work but we have nothing like it among our people. Thank you for coming on what I cannot imagine could really have been any notice. Leareth's this way.

Permalink Mark Unread

:When Vanyel says something is important, I usually trust him on it: Melody follows him. :...Do all the people in your world make your war camp tents so beautifully decorative? Our camps in the most recent war weren't like this at all: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The war caught us a bit by surprise and we had to repurpose some things. Gods willing we won't have another one and so will have no chance to figure out what's more practical.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Right. Hopefully: Melody falls silent, keeps walking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He shows her Leareth's tent. Leareth, this is Vanyel's friend Melody, a Mindhealer. She's going to block your Gifts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. Sure. That's the thing that's happening, then, if this is a hallucination then resisting it will just provide entertainment to a god he has no desire to entertain, and if it's not a hallucination then– Leareth doesn't finish that thought. He lies still, does not have any public thoughts on the matter. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Is this the sort of situation where you'd like me to do it regardless of whether he's consenting to it?: Melody asks Maitimo. Including Vanyel as well, who cringes slightly.  

Permalink Mark Unread

- he'll send his answer to her and Vanyel and Leareth.

So we currently have him under a compulsion that doesn't permit voluntary movement. If he prefers that to the Mindhealing, then that's satisfactory to us, but it's a lot more restrictive. I expect him not to answer you because he was a prisoner of our evil god and our evil god is well known for not giving his prisoners much incentive to assent to anything that's happening. But if he says no, we'll leave him like this. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does not think about what his preference is here. No response. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody lets out her breath. She sits down beside his bed. :All right. This is a temporary block, it doesn't cause any kind of permanent damage. It shouldn't take longer than five, ten minutes; it might feel odd, but it won't hurt. Questions?: 

Presumably not, but she waits a few beats anyway. :All right, I'm going to start: 

Permalink Mark Unread

–The Valdemaran style of Mindhealing is a very recognizable one, and not something Leareth would have thought could be faked from sensory impressions alone – he can feel it in parts of his mind that he has no memory of Melkor ever touching directly. 

Don't finish that thought. Lie still, reveal nothing, he can't trust any of his reasoning about whether or not this is real, and Leareth does not want to give Melkor any indication that he's still capable of experiencing fear. 

His breath still catches a little, even now he can't help it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He watches. Tries to entertain himself guessing what she must think of them, what Leareth must think - 

- Leareth's scared, he doesn't miss that -  

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm all done: Melody says after about ten minutes. :Leareth, please tell me if it's uncomfortable or bothering you at all, or if you need anything else right now?: 

(No answer.)

:Well: she sends to Maitimo and Vanyel. :Can we un-compulsion him now?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel glances at Maitimo, then back to Melody. :Sure. Leareth, I'm going to undo it, all right? Also, I really apologize for being terrible at compulsions, I know I did a messy job. I, um, haven't had much practice and I was really tired from, you know, killing Melkor and all: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is so clearly embarrassed about it and it's so very Vanyel and...evidence about something but that doesn't mean Leareth can trust himself to use it. 

The various levels of not-allowed melt away. Leareth doesn't do anything with it right away, but after maybe thirty seconds, he tries adjusting his position in the bed to something more comfortable. Nothing terrible happens. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," he says quietly in Valdemaren.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Can we talk?: Melody sends to Maitimo and Vanyel, not including Leareth this time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. My tent is the neighboring one. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody nods, follows him. Folds her arms. :I don't know if you're able to tell me, if there's a part of it that's a state secret or something I'd understand, but – what in all hells happened to him? More specifically than 'prisoner of an evil god', I mean. I don't know said evil god - thankfully - and I cannot think of what he could've done to cause...that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He edits peoples' memories, inserts some, removes some, runs them through complicated scenarios to get them to give up information or do magic for him or become convinced that his old friends are enemies. Also he tortures them a lot. Most of the people we've rescued didn't want to be alive. I don't know what Leareth remembers about his lives or the war or any of us. I don't know who he thinks he works for or what context he has for what's going on. I know the Enemy got him to do some magic - not much, but some - for his side in the war. 

Some people get better eventually. Some decide to stay dead. I - I'd bet he'll be one of the ones that gets better. But I don't know. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody sighs heavily. Looks around for a place to sit down.

:I don't make a habit of going around telling third parties about what I see in people's minds: she says. :It's been known to happen, but generally I wasn't given much of a choice. However, I also think we're unlikely to get Leareth's agreement for anything right now, and if we do it won't mean much. Given that – I know of him a little, through Vanyel, but you both know him much better. If he were - in his right mind - and knew that it might be useful context for the two of you, do you think he'd mind my sharing it?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel glances at Maitimo. :Probably?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think he'd want us to figure out how to get him back.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That would've been my impression. So - here, this is what I'm seeing: She shares her impression of it. 

Melody's Sight is complex and bewildering, but she can help them orient to it. There's...something like a tapestry or rug, woven in hundreds of colours. 

One side is a complete mess, all the way along. It's as though someone's gone through the entirety of it, snipping threads apart and stitching in new materials that don't belong to the original pattern at all, and then repeated that process several hundred times until it's more like a three-dimensional maze than a tapestry at all. 

There's a side that's mostly intact, but somehow dark, folded-up, not seeing the light at all. 

This appears to be because the middle, where the centre of the original tapestry's pattern must have been, has been thoroughly and messily unraveled, leaving a formless tangle of thread. That part...doesn't look like it was done from the outside. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

- oh. 

So even if we fix the stuff that Melkor did, there's - the stuff he did. In self-defense, probably. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's what it looks like to me. I don't know what his mind looked like before, which makes it hard to interpret, but I think he kind of cut off his own ability to...take actions, or make choices, or have goals. I suspected before, didn't seem like the compulsions were doing much. I'd imagine he did some magic for Melkor and then stopped? And that this is why. He must've realized he was being used, and I guess not seen another way out: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod. 

Is that the sort of thing your magic can fix.

Permalink Mark Unread

:In theory, maybe? But I'd need his active cooperation. I don't know what's meant to go there: She lifts her hands palms-up, helplessly. :Maybe he doesn't either, anymore. If we can somehow get him to a point where he's willing to have a conversation with me at all, I can probably do something: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

:...How long has it been since you got him out?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Just a couple of days. The people who recover take Years.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Right. In that case, I think he'll probably be a little better in a few weeks to months, even if I don't do anything. He's really exhausted. Which makes a lot of sense: Melody frowns. :What is your plan for the next while? Stay in tent city or go elsewhere?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Back to our operations base for this last year, on an island where he has never been. Quendi can't live in these conditions for very long - he gestures at the tent walls - and it's probably good for humans, too, having beautiful surroundings.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Does seem better: Melody's hand darts up to her collarbone. :...You must've rescued other people from there, too, not just him. How many?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh, eighty-three, but twenty of them had standing orders to kill them if - this happened. Sixty-three here.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Would you like me to see some of them as well? Honestly I have no idea if my Gift works on Quendi and I might want to test on someone who hasn't just been tortured for years first, but...I'm here anyway, not especially planning to leave: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I can see if I can find anyone whose husband or wife thinks it's a good idea. Just a minute -

 

It is a minute exactly. 

there are six people who are interested on their husband or wife's behalf. Would you want to see them now?

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody nods. :I could use half an hour to get more situated – oh, and I missed lunch, if there's food around I'd appreciate that. Then I don't mind seeing them right away. I was in the middle of my workday back home anyway: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll have someone bring us lunch. And I could give you a bit more background on the war, and on the differences between Quendi and your species that I've noticed? Though I've only met Leareth and Vanyel and I may be generalizing about humans poorly from them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody makes a 'pfft' sound that isn't quite a laugh. :Gods, yes, if you start with Vanyel and Leareth and generalize to most humans from there, you're really not getting an unbiased picture of our species overall. Sounds like a good plan to me, though:

Permalink Mark Unread

So he can explain the history of the Quendi, and the Valar, and the first war and what he knows about the survivors of it, and then he can explain what happened in this war. Quendi need less sleep than humans, and they don't die constantly which affects what their societies are like, and they love song and music and can die of being trapped, of their surroundings being unbearable. How Quendi marry also seems like the sort of thing that might be relevant to treating survivors of Angband, actually, so he explains it. How the local magic works. What Lórien will be able to do, once they return to Valinor.

 

In another corner of his mind he can listen for Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody listens very attentively. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is pretty quiet at first, and then spends a while shifting around kind of restlessly in his bed, maybe just because he can. About an hour into their conversation, he floats up a public surface thought that he's hungry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Larya will bring him a meal, about thirty seconds after that. She sets it down on his little table and then heads back outside to stand at the front door.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thinks he remembers her but feels very uncertain whether it's a real or a false memory. He eats and then stretches out again. 

(He isn't tracking time that well but it's been a while and he's still not being tortured and this is getting pretty surprising and unusual. A lot of the individual moments have been kind of unpleasant, but in boring ways. Leareth doesn't know what to do with any of that, so he curls up under the blankets and tries to sleep.)

Permalink Mark Unread

And he can go introduce Melody to people who are hoping she can help their tortured spouses out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody will gamely go introduce herself and talk to them even though she has never tried to do Mindhealing with Quendi before in her life!

Quendi minds are very strange! The way they process senses and attention is different. Their tapestries are sort of three-dimensional in a way human minds aren't, and there are a lot more...loop-like patterns, places they can stay in the moment without getting bored the way a human would. Other differences harder to name in words. The marriage bonds are very obvious, not quite like a lifebond or a Companion-bond but definitely in the same family of thing.

Melody isn't sure how much she can help on her first go, she hasn't oriented to where all the mind-parts are and what they mean, but she does know how to block off the panic-response to specific reminders of their torture, she can do that for the things that are bothering them most and if it helps she can try adapting more things she's done with humans before. She leaves the snipped-and-patched mazes of memory alone, it sounds like Lórien can help with that a lot more neatly than she can. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is appreciated. Maitimo is aware that he's probably encountering some of the most notable humans - Leareth, and then the person Leareth knew he could count on in a war on another world, and then the person Vanyel knew he could count on for this - but still, he's developing a very high opinion of the species. 

 

When Vanyel is ready he can Gate them back to Tol Eressëa. 

 

Leareth's room has skylights through which he can see the stars, and a library, and beautiful artwork on the walls. It opens into a courtyard. There are guards. They are not obtrusive, but they get him things, when he thinks of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

The day after the Gate, when he's rested, Vanyel uses the communication spell again to contact Velgarth. Savil doesn't have anything burningly urgent for him, just a dry aside of 'it's been a rather entertaining few days', so – does Maitimo want to check in with his father first? 

Permalink Mark Unread

That is probably a good idea. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Neither of them has magic, but this is the design of artifact that only needs a mage at one end, so either Vanyel can relay with Maitimo or they can get Savil to do it on the other end. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel can relay, Maitimo knows him and since he's here there's more opportunity to do damage control if his father is being thickheaded.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fair enough! 

<Fëanáro, are you getting this? I'm here with Nelyafinwë, I can convey messages back and forth with him for you. How's everything over on your end?> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Everything is going very well! We're making arrangements for scientific exchange and better healing and the crop songs might turn out to be very helpful!

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good. Is there anything we've terribly misunderstood about them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Their hair can grow long in their own world! They don't have too poor nutrition for that or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

I see. All right. 

Permalink Mark Unread

We're probably going to take some people back with us for research exchange programs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good.

Permalink Mark Unread

<I'm really glad it's going well, Fëanáro. I appreciate you wanting to visit my people so promptly> The King of the Noldor has probably gotten to speak ten times as much with Savil as he has in the last few days, which feels kind of unfair, but...he can't go home. Not yet.

<When would you like the Gate to come back> he asks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe four more days? So we can gather the people who want to come back with us. That might include your King? Lórien could probably fix him up and make him not die.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Oh! That would be wonderful> Why hadn't he thought of it. Probably because he's had too many things on his mind to think of Randi much at all. Gods, though, he misses Shavri and Jisa. <Four days is good, and - do you want a Gate directly to Lórien, if the Valar allow it? We're at Tol Eréssea right now, I'm not sure how well our King would handle a journey from there> 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Valar super won't allow it! Or maybe they can be brought around but it might take months, and it seems pretty urgent? 

Permalink Mark Unread

<Fair enough. Then I guess I'll Gate you to Tol Eréssea. Anything else you wanted to add before I talk with my aunt> He wants to keep the remaining conversation brief, no point in exhausting himself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's all.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Good luck> Vanyel switches back to Savil. <So?> 

Permalink Mark Unread

<It's been a really weird few days!> She seems excited about it, though. <Not that it wasn't a bizarre six months before that – honestly, and for the year before that too. Why are our lives like this?>

It's a rhetorical question, she doesn't wait for his answer. <Fëanáro's an exhausting whirlwind and I'm too old to keep up, but I like him. Shavri thinks he's great - I mean, he did offer to save her lifebonded's life, I'm sure that helped, but...this is the first time in years I've seen her really light up. She's trying to learn Quenya. Wants to go with Randi, right, feels that if they learned our language so fast to visit us, she ought to do the same> Pause. <Jisa wants to go too, obviously. What do you think?>

Permalink Mark Unread

<Absolutely not. What part of 'this world was just at war' did she not get> The bigger issue is that's Gating them to his current location, and knowing Jisa it won't matter if she has literally five minutes, there's much too high a risk that she'll somehow find Leareth and Look at him with Mindhealing-Sight and he's not subjecting either of them to that.

<Maybe later on> he concedes. <Once things have settled a bit. It's a beautiful place, she would adore it here> Sigh. <I can't come home yet, aunt. Maybe not for a while. But... I miss you. I hope you could visit as well> 

He hesitates. <Any sign of - what we talked about the other day?> Mindspeech across a Gate may or may not be secure. The comms spell definitely isn't. If something did make it across to Velgarth, he doesn't want to give it any warning. 

Permalink Mark Unread

<No. But we're keeping an eye out>

Permalink Mark Unread

<Thank you> Vanyel drops the connection.

Turns back to Maitimo. :Four days, I'll Gate them here. They're taking King Randale on to Lôrien. No sign of any...magical trouble, over there, but they're going to be vigilant: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does not do very much for the next few days. There's water at his bedside and after a day or so he'll start occasionally helping himself to it rather than waiting for somebody to bother him. He eats and gets out of bed only when prompted.

He has exactly one public thought, the day before the Gate is scheduled, a slightly frustrated mumble that he can't fall asleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he can sing?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't do anything to acknowledge this, but he lets it happen, falls asleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

The next day, Vanyel raises another inter-world Gate to Velgarth. Sticks his head through. :Savil, I hope they're ready:

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil has been lurking in a meeting-room near the Heralds' chapel, halfheartedly getting work done while waiting for the expected Gate. She's there within seconds. Looks questioningly at Vanyel, then briefly steps across and hugs him hard. 

:They'll be here in a couple minutes: she tells Maitimo. :You must be Nelyafinwë? Herald-Mage Savil Ashkevron, a pleasure to meet you: 

This may or may not be the first time Maitimo has seen a really elderly human close-up, Savil didn't come all the way up to the Gate the last time. Savil's hair is completely white, her face more weathered-looking than wrinkled but with deep seams where the worry-lines around her mouth and forehead usually go. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's - terrible, honestly, but he smiles normally. That's right. A pleasure to meet you too. We are eternally grateful to your Vanyel and of course everyone who must be involved in enabling him to make a habit of this kind of thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil, who is pretty nervous about making a good impression on the otherworld people and also not the best at tact in generally, snorts despite herself. :I see you've gotten to know him. We - I know this wasn't really your intention, but I feel we owe you thanks for - your part in a situation that's led to us no longer gearing up for a war with Leareth. In addition to everything you're offering to help with now which we appreciate beyond measure: 

She switches to private Mindspeech. :And I have to say, some of my colleagues were a little startled and uneasy about your father's promises to cure death over here, but...from the bottom of my heart, thank you. It's really, hmm, refreshing, meeting a people who look at something most people in my world take for granted as a law of nature, and say 'no, unacceptable' to it: 

She nods to him and steps back across the Gate, just before Fëanáro arrives.

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi is walking with him, moving slowly and with caution, Shavri at his side. He's not old but he does look visibly ill, frail and tired and with pain-lines etched around his mouth.

Another white horse who is a person comes through with him. :Thank you: she sends to Maitimo. She steps delicately to avoid damaging the floor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He bows to his father, greets the rest of the diplomatic party. Bows to the King of Valdemar. And then they can all go through and close the Gate so as not to exhaust Vanyel.

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi bows to Maitimo as well. Smiles. "An honour to visit your world," he says in strongly accented but comprehensible Quenya.

Then he abandons decorum and hugs Vanyel. "Damn it, Van," he mutters in Valdemaran, "I am going to drag the whole story out of you at some point because no one's deigned to mention it so far but knowing you, you nearly got yourself killed pulling off this heroic stunt. Although, good work. Saving an entire world is a record even for you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel looks down. "...I wish I'd done it a lot faster." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- how long does he have to live? he asks his father, looking at the human King.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know! Probably we should not delay very much in getting him to Lórien. Are we taking Leareth too?

Permalink Mark Unread

- I think no. I think Leareth might benefit from a couple more weeks. The King, uh, won't.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then once the reunions are over with they can get him on a boat. Is Vanyel going with him?

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is incredibly torn! He feels he sort of has a Heraldic duty to go with his King and be around in case anything awful happens, but when it comes to what he wants, he absolutely wants to stick around where Leareth is.

Are they going to be within osanwë range? It's unclear how much that helps because it's not like he can instantly Gate to Lórien anyway – though honestly he'd appreciate if Fëanáro could get on politely asking the Valar about it now rather than later, in case they end up preferring to Gate Leareth there rather than take a boat in whatever number of weeks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, Nerdanel's gone to petition them.  I don't think you'll be in osanwë range the whole way, unless you know Maitimo much better than I noticed. But we could let you know about anything really important by relaying through a few people along the way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Duty comes ahead of feelings, and it's not like Leareth has been interacting with him in any way and that doesn't seem very likely to change soon. :I'll go with you to Lórien: On the bright side it'll give him a chance to catch up with Randi and Shavri, who are after all two of his best friends. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri is looking happier than he's seen her in years. She can't stop glancing around at everything, alight with curiosity. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi are delighted to show off their world! It was prettier when there was light, but here is the port of Alqualondë, and here is the first road in all of Valinor. They don't carry much food, but just accept meals from farmhouses as they go. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel catches them up on the war, and tries to enjoy their obvious enjoyment of the scenery and the Quendi's friendliness to their guests. He talks a little about Leareth. They try to understand it, he thinks. Shavri tries especially hard. But they don't have a decade and a half of background, they can't possibly get how viscerally upsetting it is to see Leareth like this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Several weeks pass. 

Leareth's problem, right now, is that he's bored. It is a bizarre problem to be having. He isn't really keeping track of days, but it's been a long time and he continues to not be tortured. He's occasionally uncomfortable but even that is in boring ways, such as lying in bed for several hours while he increasingly badly needs to piss. 

All of this would be fine - it's a set of moments all in a row where he isn't being tortured - except for the fact that boredom makes it harder not to finish thoughts, and finishing thoughts isn't safe but his mind keeps veering toward adding up all the confusing pieces, which is dangerously close to drawing inferences about whether any of this is real. 

...He wonders, publicly, where (possibly-fake) Maitimo is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He comes in a couple of minutes later. 

 

Hey. Vanyel is not here; he is taking his King to Lórien. He has some kind of human sickness we're not familiar with but we expect Lórien to be able to help.

Permalink Mark Unread

That both makes sense (Leareth was aware of King Randale's illness and this is a very reasonable use of Arda's resources to repay a favour to Valdemar and to Vanyel), and is confusing (Melkor has not previously shown that much of a tendency to fill the fake rescue scenarios with side plots that are tangential to Leareth's existence and mostly don't affect him.)

He wonders what the story is for how they're supposed to have defeated Melkor, which seems rather implausible even for Vanyel to do in a way that didn't result in Leareth also dead in a Final Strike fireball. Leareth lets that thought drift up publicly. If this is Melkor trying to bait him into engaging, well, it seems like he's taking that bait, that's the thing that's happening now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I vetoed approaches that seemed likely to kill both of you since then we'd have no way off this world. As a last resort, sure, but Melkor clearly couldn't use you reliably yet. In his own world Vanyel had been to Urtho's tower. He'd had some assistance from a god. He'd found some ancient weapons. Most of them were unstable or we didn't know enough about what they'd do, but there was one that ate magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...What. 

This wouldn't be conclusive proof that the scenario is real even if reasoning from evidence were safe, but - what. The fact that Urtho might have built other weapons and that they might even have survived the Mage Wars is technically something Leareth remembered, therefore something Melkor knows, but it's not like it's been salient to him before now. And...if Vanyel did get into Urtho's Tower then Leareth is pretty sure he would have some kind of feeling about that. He can't, though, because his mind is untrustworthy and he cannot in fact tell whether this is real–

–but for a moment he finds himself urgently wishing he could distinguish if this were reality, and that thought is public. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know how confident you'd have to be for it to be worth engaging with further. We're using Valdemaren magic, and I don't know of a way to fake it with Arda magic. In particular if Melkor could do compulsions he would just have you sitting somewhere making him Gates and magic weapons, none of this elaborate memory-alteration. - I think if Melkor could do compulsions it'd have been over within a week, really. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a reasonable point. If drawing inferences and updating on evidence were safe then it would be a significant though not fully conclusive update. Even if Melkor did have Vanyel (hard to imagine), and in fact it was over in a week and now he's going to torture all of them forever, tricking Vanyel into using compulsions on Leareth for this weirdly slow-paced scenario in which Vanyel mostly hasn't even showed up would mean letting him have magic. Melkor is too paranoid for that. 

With a sort of mental shrug, Leareth lets all of that reasoning be public. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Does not-safe mean that you think your ability to add up two and two and reliably get four is broken or that you think having a better world-model probably makes you worse for your goals or that you think the scenario gets worse as soon as you start thinking about it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't know how to answer that question. He doesn't remember how or why that part is broken, just - he's compromised, he knows there are gaping cracks in his ability to look at the world and form an understanding of it and then act on it based on his goals – and that means it's not safe to try, it's not safe to want things or have goals or care what the world is like, because all of those things can be exploited, and being exploited by Melkor into taking actions is definitely worse for...whatever it is that he cared about, once.  

- a flicker of a crumbled tower, a bloodstained sky - 

So he can't. And the surest way to avoid taking actions is to avoid having any beliefs about what is true, but he's not doing a very good job of that right now.

(All of those thoughts are public.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

- Leareth's thought-sensing is blocked so taking off the amulet won't do anything. He's tempted to anyway. He could try the same thing, just by letting Leareth in behind the distinction he makes for osanwë. It'll do the same thing but maybe it won't have the same impact, maybe it'll work better if Leareth can feel it with his own senses. 

He could try it anyway, though.

 

He's so angry. He wants to kill Melkor again, except that won't help. He wants to go back in time and kill Melkor at the beginning of history, except - it's never really been good for him to dwell too much on what he'd do if he could go back in time and do it again. (He did it a lot when he was younger, replaying conversations in his head until he got them perfect. His eventual coping mechanism was to just get them perfect the first time, which took the edge off the urge.) He wants - 

So it's true that Leareth is plausibly compromised to the degree where most concrete things he does in the world will make it worse. That is the entire thing Melkor tries to do and he would've tried very hard and he had a lot of time (we couldn't have gone any faster) and it is after all why Maitimo wanted Leareth stripped of his magic, taken prisoner - but that's enough, right, that's sufficient, he saw Melody's impression of the tapestry. That's not what it looks like for Melkor to have woven himself so thoroughly through a person that the person will pursue Melkor's aims at one remove. That's hacking and slashing and rethreading to try to hold together a single thread of experience that's cooperative. It'll take a lot of repair but it's not clean enough to hold together better with more information - the opposite of that, it's so fragile, Melkor must've been threading such a fine needle - 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is confused. 

Confusion is dangerous, it's too close to curiosity and curiosity is too close to trying to understand anything and he can't, but – Melkor couldn't ever fake Maitimo's thoughts. The times he tried were incredibly unconvincing even when he could get the speech and osanwë and mannerisms sort of right. 

–So, either way, if he could update on evidence then he would believe it, that this is Maitimo. Which doesn't necessarily mean the rescue is real, maybe Melkor did discover compulsions and handily won the war and now they're both prisoners and Melkor is trying a more creative storyline–

–only, he doesn't actually think it would work, Maitimo is smart and paranoid and it's definitely been subjective weeks and Leareth can't imagine Maitimo being this thoroughly fooled even for subjective hours. Also it would be a shocking increase to Melkor's self-control to hold back from torturing Maitimo a bit first, and Leareth is pretty sure there'd be hints of that even after the memory of it was erased, and there aren't. 

(And he can usually tell, when an experience is something that Melkor's iterated on hundreds of times to get it convincing, there are slight echoes and feelings-of-wrongness and he doesn't have any of that now.)

It's not literally impossible that this is still a hallucination, but - it would certainly hold up in the strictest court in the world, a sane person would make the leap and believe it. 

Leareth is not currently very sane, he knows that, and so he just hovers near it, and lets all of his thoughts be public because, damn it, even if this is all fake it's still the real Maitimo in here and Leareth trusts him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- he's sure he's not in Angband, if that's important to Leareth's decisionmaking here, he coordinated ten thousand soldiers to comb through Angband when it fell and he coordinated setup afterwards and picking the diplomatic party and talking to the other rescued prisoners and their next of kin and handling logistics for the return to Tol Eressëa and the start on the new cities in Beleriand and it's not impossible that with all the resources of Angband and the opportunity to retry repeatedly and access to all of Maitimo's memories you could put together thousands of convincing conversations but it'd be the work of Years, and a stupid work of Years if you've already won. 

- Melkor would be bad at him, they never spoke, and now in hindsight that's obviously because Melkor wasn't even sure he could lie to him face-to-face, he'd feel satisfied about this if only it had actually fucking helped -

- Leareth might not remember what it was that he was supposed to protect, but Maitimo does, it was everyone, all the people in all the worlds. And they're going to get to that, eventually, once they've had the chance to rest a bit first, and it's all right, if Leareth needs a break, needs a very long break even, but - but he's one of the people in one of the worlds, so someday, somehow, they'll have to fix this.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right, fine, it seems like it is probably just true that Leareth is not in Angband anymore. 

–He's not sure what to do with that. He's compromised, still, it's not safe for him to act, Maitimo knows that, it's why his magic is blocked (because Maitimo is not stupid), and - it may or may not be safe to reason about things...

Maybe it's safe to have an emotion? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo was very firmly advised to definitely never touch him unless very unambiguously invited so he is not going to offer a hug he is going to sit here on the other side of the room. He is pretty sure that it is safe for Leareth to do anything it is possible for him to do and really it ought to be the responsibility of the not-tortured people here to make sure anything he should not do is impossible, not on Leareth to handicap himself further.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then...it seems like it's not going to damage anything that (a previous not-yet-broken version of himself) cares about, if Leareth tries slightly less hard to take zero actions including mental ones. He - hasn't really bothered to have real emotions, in a long time, he's pretty good at cutting off the place where they come from, there were a lot of moments that were bad and mostly consisted of suffering but that isn't the same thing. 

–It turns out the feeling he's going to have, if he lets it happen, is scaredscaredscared and helpless and his heart trying to pound its way out of his chest, and it's hard to breathe, which doesn't exactly help with the scared part because it feels like maybe he's dying and, no matter what else is happening, no matter how irreparably damaged everything about him is, he doesn't want to die. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- he's not going to die. - well, at least, Quendi can't die of having a panic attack and if humans can (which would be terrible design, but so are many other things about humans) then Maitimo will knock him out before that happens and fetch two world's worth of magical healing and he will not die. And if he does then they'll go find baby Leareth somewhere and catch him up. And if something completely ridiculous happens they will find a world that can fix it.

Permalink Mark Unread

This doesn't exactly help Leareth calm down, not right away, but it does help him remember that feeling an emotion doesn't mean it's reality (especially doesn't mean that for him, right now, maybe ever again.) 

Though he does want Maitimo to know that his immortality setup is probably possible to sabotage, it'd be hard and he doesn't think any version of him would've cooperatively told Melkor about it, but he thinks he remembers Melkor, or someone, threatening that he would permanently die if he died in Angband. (Not that they were going to let that happen, while he was there, he's pretty sure he understands Melkor well enough to know that that would be way less fun for him.)

...Thinking that through does not help with the panic but it gives him something concrete to anchor on, and now Maitimo knows about it and he trusts Maitimo and he can just lie here having a pointless emotion for a while until it stops.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

What would possibly be helpful - he's not any good at this - he should've gotten good at this, he should've spent more time around the survivors of Utumno, he didn't like to because they didn't really want him there but it turns out, what do you know, there are things more important than universal popularity and he should've gotten good at this - understood what the parole meant - and then none of this would have ever happened - and if it had he could do this part right -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth also has no idea what would help, he's not used to inexplicable-panic-attacks either. It helps that Maitimo is there at all. It helps being able to see his thoughts, it's so - so recognizably Maitimo-shaped, that reasoning process, and - faint wistful flicker that he would prefer Maitimo felt guilty about fewer things, it's definitely a mental motion he does more than is helpful. 

...Leareth decides to actually try to calm down, that's a purely internal action so it's safe, and he focuses on his breathing, and over the next couple of minutes the scaredscaredscared recedes. He still feels very, very helpless but that's...probably all right. He shouldn't be the one trying to do things. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't usually feel guilty about things where people can see them - it's such a self-centered emotion, it's almost never the best thing for another person to interact with (he is thinking of this as agreeing with Leareth, not paying very much attention to the distinction between 'does more than is helpful' and 'is there to be interacted with more than is helpful', because that'd be an in-depth conversation that should wait)

- but pulling any emotions away from where Leareth can see them feels like it might break the trust, here. 

It does not seem all right that Leareth feels helpless but there are not a lot of ways around it while it remains objectively stupid to give him all his magic back, which it does. Sometimes prisoners seem all right for a while and then kill everyone around them and he doesn't have a working model of when and why enough to guess whether they're past the point where that might happen or not - and if the risk were actually literally just characterized as 'Leareth might kill everyone around him' then that'd be fine, really, at least while Vanyel's not around, a good trade for Leareth feeling less helpless, but probably he should not conclude that that's the only possible bad thing. 

Still, he could try to do some problem-solving about Leareth feeling helpless. He could...give him a knife, in principle, that follows from being fine with Leareth killing everyone around him but not with anything more complicated, except it would clearly be an injustice to Leareth to let him kill himself right now, not that he seems inclined to, but better to be safe - once Vanyel's back they can get the Mindhealer to unblock some Gifts, at least the ones Leareth uses to read people and shield himself - 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth appreciates the problem-solving. He...does not currently feel at all inclined to kill himself and thinks it would be really surprising if he did in the future, but he also doesn't trust anything about his mind anymore, so. Having his purely receptive Thoughtsensing and mage-sight back would help. He's not sure if the way Melody does the block can easily make that distinction but he would let her experiment.

...Can he have a shield-amulet, if they have any working ones available? He mostly feels helpless about defending himself, since he can't use his own magic to shield an attack if they happen to be attacked for some reason - that also means he can't check if the amulet is working but he would trust Maitimo on that part. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- yeah, easily. He'll call for one. (He doesn't want to give up his because it has been very important for having assurance Vanyel wasn't reading his mind.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Which makes perfect sense and if Maitimo had tried to hand his over, Leareth would have been, one, suspicious, and two, angry at him for being stupid.

It's probably been really good for Vanyel that Maitimo was around for the last - however long it's been, Leareth realizes he has no idea how long the war took. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Six months. Vanyel is very decent and very competent and doesn't require all that much, you just have to feed him and teach him sleep songs and remind him of plans that aren't 'leave a crater'. Maitimo is actually accustomed to all his allies requiring far more support - management - well, honestly, far more manipulation - than Leareth or Vanyel have at any point.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is grateful to Maitimo for not letting Vanyel go straight for 'leave a crater', and...speaking of sleep songs, he's really tired now, it seems like he's out of practice with both thinking and having emotions and so doing both at once is exhausting. He wants to sleep but he would feel better about it once he knows he's shielded. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone comes in with a shield amulet a minute later. Maitimo gestures for them to leave it on the table near Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth reaches for it - hesitates - picks it up - hesitates again - it's stupid, he knows he's safe or at least he's already made the decision to act as though he is, as far as he can tell he doesn't have any fake memories of Melkor specifically using fake shield-amulets to trick him into thinking he was safe and then hurt him, but...taking any kind of deliberate action in self-defence is still terrifying

Permalink Mark Unread

We're safe here, he wants to say, but Rúmil recommended against that - concrete things, facts about the world, neutrally presented -

It's a good idea. I should've done it sooner. Tol Eressëa is ours and I am confident in all the people here; the other prisoners we rescued aren't here. Vanyel set up a lot of precautions when we were working on the war effort.

Permalink Mark Unread

That fits as a thing Vanyel would do, yes. 

Leareth grits his teeth and puts the shield-amulet on - is it working? He wants it at the emergency level of shielding right now even though that's kind of ridiculous overkill, can Maitimo use osanwë to make sure it is – also that's something he can check, by banging his arm against the table and noticing how the shield deflects and absorbs the blow. 

...It feels safer to sleep now, but he's still tense and shaky enough that he doesn't think he can fall asleep, can Maitimo sing a sleep song to help. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth instinctively resists the song's effects. Tries to get himself to stop. Falls asleep within a few minutes.  

Permalink Mark Unread

- that seems like the best that could've gone, really. He has someone relay to Vanyel that Leareth is doing better. Tucks his thoughts back away where they belong and contemplates for how much longer to actively hide from Leareth that there's still a problem of some kind somewhere in Velgarth.

 

Probably tomorrow if today's progress lasts he should ask Leareth about Lórien. And anything that wants action for him can wait on that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wakes up panicked and disoriented from a nightmare in the middle of the 'night' - five-second process of orienting - remembers where he is - leaves a public thought of Maitimo where are you - scared -

Permalink Mark Unread

On my way - this is unfamiliar territory and it feels very strange -

 

He steps into the room and stands at the far corner. Do you need anything -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't sure. 

...Can he check his memories from yesterday against what Maitimo remembers? It'll help a lot to try to get information on how much his mind is currently failing him. He's - so disoriented - everything is quicksand and he can't orient to it - maybe it'll help if Maitimo helps him take some notes on it? 

Permalink Mark Unread

- yeah. Yesterday Leareth thought that he wondered where possibly-fake Maitimo was. So he came in to talk to him. He explained where Vanyel had gone. Leareth wondered how they'd supposedly defeated Melkor. He explained about the things Vanyel had discovered in Urtho's Tower.

They'd talked a little bit about what would constitute enough evidence for Leareth to conclude he was most likely not in Angband. Maitimo had argued that the Enemy couldn't do compulsions and wouldn't do things like this if he'd already won. Leareth said that the Enemy didn't do convincing Maitimo thoughts. Maitimo tried sharing his thoughts, which were mostly about being upset that this had happened and unsure how to help and sure that they would figure something out eventually.

Leareth had decided to conclude he was out. He'd tried having emotions, found them overwhelming. Been scared. Maitimo hadn't been much help, but he'd figured it out on his own. They'd talked about how Leareth could be less helpless. They'd gotten him the shield amulet.

Permalink Mark Unread

All of that seems to line up with what Leareth remembers, in the right order. He asks for paper. Takes notes on it, with as much detail as he has the energy for. Thanks Maitimo. Goes back to sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes to sit just outside the door, this time. He can work from there as easily as from anywhere else.

 

Leareth will be okay. If anyone can be okay after this it's Leareth. Melkor had a lot of disadvantages, compared to his usual - he couldn't emulate lots of Leareth's magic, he knew rather little about lots of Leareth's life before Arda and some of his closest relationships - he remembers what the tapestry looked like. That isn't going to be fixed for a long time. But it's got to look better today.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sleeps for another six hours. Wakes up - orient - check his shield-amulet is working by hitting his hand on the table again - he remembers his notes first, this time, retrieves them. Reads them over. Remembers to add a note that he woke up in the middle of the night. It's kind of wastefully time-consuming to write down every single mundane occurrence like this but it's not like it's taking time away from anything useful.

"Maitimo?" he says, out loud this time, when he's made sure that the written record and his actual memory match up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He comes in. "Yes?"

Permalink Mark Unread

...Oh he should probably check, shouldn't he. "Am I taking your time away from other important work?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My work is to help my people recover from the war, right now. And you're - uh, I don't mean this as any kind of political claim - you're my people, and you want me here. There couldn't be anything more important."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth ducks his head. He believes Maitimo - and it makes strategic sense, too, he can notice that at a distance without following that thread too far, it would be really valuable for the Noldor if Leareth could safely do things again.

...The trouble is that he doesn't know what will help. He's aware that Maitimo doesn't know either, that they're trying to navigate unknown territory, but at least Maitimo is sane right now, he might have any sense of what kinds of things Leareth can try to be less...like this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Melody offered to do more, once you were lucid enough to talk to her about it. - I don't think she liked being assigned a patient who couldn't form enough expectations about the situation to seriously consider whether they agreed to what was being done to them, though she was very polite about it. And Lórien can give you back all your memories, and do something to help you distinguish memories that you actually at some point experienced from ones that were - stuffed in as background -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Unfortunately Melkor was also aware of Lórien, which means that rather a lot of Leareth's jumbled memories of fake rescues involve something horrible happening in Lórien's garden. Also gods are terrifying.

...he does need to get his memories eventually, that's a mandatory step toward anything making sense again, and he's pretty sure Valdemaran Mindhealing can't do it, but Melody has the advantage that Melkor had no idea she existed and never tried to fake Mindhealing. Probably it makes sense to eat something and then attempt to talk to her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They are keeping the other recovering prisoners on the other side of the island from Leareth because Leareth is more dangerous and more likely to pose some kind of complication that need not stress everyone else out. Melody can be asked to make her way over while Leareth has something to eat.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth eats. He's starting to pay enough attention to his surroundings to actually notice what food tastes like. 

Also to draw a several-step chain that he hadn't managed before. "...Is my hair going to bother people?" he says dully. It's grown pretty long and nobody has tried to do anything with it - nobody's been touching him at all - so it's thoroughly matted, and if he's modelling Quendi sensibilities right then this is definitely going to be some variant of horrifying to them.

(Also it's kind of uncomfortable, when he's in bed it gets caught on the pillow and pulls, he didn't care much because it's a very minor discomfort but it is tiresome.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does it bother you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“I guess a little.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"It looks like it will be pretty complicated to detangle it but I am sure we can do it, if you are okay with someone touching it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thinks about it. Nods. That seems better than just leaving it like this forever - and, it's an action, right, it's a decision he can make that he's pretty sure cannot possibly result in damaging anything he cares about. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's tempted to ask Melody if she'll do that but it's really really really not the best use of her right now. 

It's fine. 

(The last time Leareth will have seen him this expressionless is when Leareth asked for braiding help.)

"All right. I think Melody is almost here so you should do that first but then I will get some things together to detangle your hair."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right." Leareth looks around. "Can I...go outside, for a minute?" Seems probably safe but he wants to check. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, of course. If you wander right up to Vanyel's or my father's workroom you will be stopped but you can go anywhere else you want."

Permalink Mark Unread

Very reasonable. Leareth gets up, goes to the door.

Stands outside. Looks up at the stars. They...mean something, he thinks, something he can't quite remember? Something he - was supposed to never put down. Except he's lost it, now. But...Maitimo still has it, he's pretty sure. So maybe it's all right. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody thinks you shredded - most of your motivation system - yourself. So that you couldn't be tricked again into doing things for Melkor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. 

It's a relief and it hurts at the same time. And...again? How many times did Melkor trick him? He - it's hard to even go near - did he hurt people - how much damage was he responsible for, thanks to being the shape of person who Melkor could exploit in this way...? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Not that much, not that we know about, and at this point it seems unlikely there was lots we didn't know about. Melkor Gated some orcs into Valinor. I don't even think they killed anyone, just made the Valar ban Gating which was inconvenient for the war effort. Some of them were near Vanyel and I but - you can't have been trying to kill us, no one tries to kill Vanyel with eighty orcs.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sorry for that." It's confusing what it means to apologize on behalf of a past Leareth who he doesn't remember being and isn't anymore, but it's not like that past Leareth is around to apologize for himself. "I - am glad - it was not more." 

He looks at the stars for a minute longer and then goes back inside and sits on his bed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is delicate enough he should send it rather than say it, probably -

He's not angry with Leareth, obviously. It's hard to guess what exactly Melkor did but if it were him he'd just erase all Leareth's recollection of being in Arda, feed him all the same input that put him on the side of the Quendi from within Angband - and probably Melkor is at least that smart - and it wouldn't be better if Leareth wasn't the sort of person who did things. 

He'd been angry at the time. Mostly scared, but - some amount angry. He'd been unsure if - if maybe Leareth had just decided that actually the most important thing, given his goals, was to have powerful allies - it felt a little off but not impossible, and there were Gates popping up all over Valinor to prove that Maitimo wasn't paranoid enough -

- and he'd thought about it and decided that even if that was what had happened, he would use Vanyel to kill Melkor and rescue Leareth, and then - what, right, hold him prisoner forever? For wanting to save his world more than he wanted to save Maitimo's? For being the kind of person he had to be to have landed in Arda in the first place instead of dying thousands of years ago, a person who played the cards in his hand, even if none of them were nice ones - 

- it's not even an applicable line of reasoning right now, not having seen what Melkor did to Leareth's head, but - maybe it's a useful bound on things. If Leareth had spent this whole time devotedly working against them Maitimo would, well, firstly be confused that they'd still won and then he would work on making sure that he was on all of the best roads to accomplish Leareth's goals.

Probably the part where he held him prisoner would've hurt less, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Leareth doesn't know what to do with any of that, yet, mostly what he's thinking is that this is such a Maitimo-shaped line of reasoning, and, and–

–And it seems like he's curling up into a ball and crying now, that is definitely the thing that's happening. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Possibly he should not have told Melody to come right over. But he doesn't want to make Leareth wait, once he's ready, and - probably it's a good idea to have people with more expertise on hand, actually.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is aware that crying is not helping right now and the main effect is in preventing him from doing anything else. That's not enough to stop immediately, but does give him enough impetus to find something else to focus on, and calm himself down over the next couple of minutes.

...He wants to make sure Maitimo knows that he didn't say (well, think) anything wrong and this isn't his fault and Leareth is sorry for having completely random emotions in response to everything that happens. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is incredibly unsurprising and does not require an apology at all. (has Leareth gone all these lifetimes in Velgarth without ever having - well, yes, he probably has, since mages who don't like their surroundings can emphatically say so and ones who'll resurrect are probably more so inclined than average -)

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody Mindspeaks him from outside the building before coming in. :Now still a good time?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe give him five minutes? He just found out that he did some things for the Enemy during the war.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, of course - I'll wait. Food around here anywhere?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, once he's managed to free up more mental space to think, can admit that this is fairly predictable, considering from the outside what's happened to him, it just - doesn't actually make it less confusing to experience. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody's here, he'll tell him once he's had a bit of time. 


Melody can have some lunch.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is realistically not going to become much more presentable in the next couple of minutes, and it's not like it really matters anyway, but he gets up to splash water on his face and see if there are any less-gross clothes he can change into. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are beautiful Quendi clothes for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll do; probably it would be a good idea to bathe at some point as well but that sounds like several steps more effort than is feasible right now. He considers finding a chair to sit in, seems more dignified than meeting with her in bed, but it seems possible his ability to do things will unpredictably run out at any moment and he'd prefer to be a minimum number of steps away from lying down when that happens. 

"She can come in," he tells Maitimo. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He passes this along.

Permalink Mark Unread

She comes in, sits down. "Hey. You seem to be doing a lot better than last time we spoke. Do you know what's changed?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth glances at Maitimo. "I suppose I was bored enough to think. I - mostly tried to avoid thinking, before. And then I asked Maitimo some questions and he...explained what happened with the war, how they won. He showed me his thoughts. I decided that everything was adding up to an implausible number of things for Melkor to fake and concluded that this is real and Melkor is actually dead. That - changes what it makes sense to do."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's Melody's turn to look over at Maitimo, eyebrows raised. "Er, can I just say, that's really, really impressive?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, it takes most people decades. I think Melkor might be better at - knowing how to get to Quendi. But also Leareth's very - careful." Fondly.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can see that." Melody smiles. "Anyway. The last time, when I was doing your Gifts, I had a look at your mind using my Sight – er, usually I would ask permission for that kind of thing, but you were pretty out of it and Maitimo didn't think you'd be able to give a meaningful answer, and also that he thought you in your right mind would want me to help. I did want to check how you feel about it now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth gives her a blank look. "That seems fine?" There are contexts where it might bother him but here it wouldn't have helped with anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good, then. I think I want to start with looking again, to see what's changed in terms of what I can perceive, and describing it to you. There's - a lot of damage, I'm sure that's no surprise to you. It's also pretty unusual. I think we can get it back - not to exactly the way things were before, probably, but to something workable - but it's going to need a lot from you."

She looks at Maitimo again. "Anything else you've noticed in the last while, that might be useful context for this?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He doesn't remember doing - the thing you told me was self-inflicted."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. Hmm. That's probably going to be pretty important to know, at some point? Leareth, we can guess at the broad strokes of why you did it – honestly, it was smart, you knew you could do a lot of damage if you were compromised and so you blocked that possibility – but I think the details of your reasoning will help, when it comes to trying to undo it. I can't help there but I believe there's a god on this world who can? Anyway, though, that's getting ahead of ourselves." Pause. "Is it all right if I share my sense-impressions of it with Maitimo again?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, of course." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "All right, let's have a look." 

Tapestry comes up again. The cut-and-stitched half is just as much of a mess as before, no changes at all. The unraveled portion is still mostly unraveled – but a small number of threads have been twisted back together, crossing the gap, in a way that somehow looks both jury-rigged and careful at the same time.

It's enough to have a pretty significant effect on the formerly dark-and-folded parts; about a third of that is unfolded and lit-up again. Enough to show that there's damage there as well, which wasn't as visible before – threads stretched out of shape, frayed, some holes, bits stuck to other bits, and a general sense that all of it is under strain. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod. "Is that stuff you can do anything about -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably! I just need to figure out what means what - this type of Sight gives me a general sense but it'll be hard to interpret details until I know Leareth a lot better. And - I think some of this is linked to the memory alteration, in a way where I can patch it before that's addressed but probably not deal with it fully. Leareth, I think the thing that's happening is that there are a few different ways memory works, and some of them are 'deeper' than others." 

Her viewpoint dives in toward the tapestry, somehow through it to show a layer underneath. "There's a way that you can form instinctive responses to things, and that's separate from explicitly remembering them. And I think whatever Melkor was doing, doesn't cut that out as neatly. So your explicit memory is a mess, and also there are a bunch of emotional associations under there, half of which are linked up to memories you can't access at all. I imagine it's very confusing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know how memory works," Leareth says dryly. "I was - using that, I think? It was helpful for guessing when something was a scenario he had played through many times to try to get it convincing enough." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Clever! Anyway. Like I said, it's going to be hard to properly address it now, but - I ought to be able to do a block that makes all of the reactions a bit quieter, if you want that? You'll still feel them, but if something right now makes you panic, with this it'll still be scary but less so. The downside is that you're likely to be more foggy-headed. Normally I'd warn that it hits motivation pretty hard, makes it difficult to tell what's important to you, but I honestly cannot imagine it making that aspect worse than it already is. Do you think that would make things easier, right now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth looks helplessly at Maitimo. "I am not sure?" It makes sense but it's also an alteration to his mind that he doesn't fully understand. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...try it and if you don't feel like it's net helpful get her to take it off?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm going to go pretty slowly," Melody says. "Mostly for my own benefit, it's tricky to see what's going on, but it should also give you a chance to tell me if something feels bad. Please do that, all right?" 

She waits for him to acknowledge her before moving on. "All right. Any strong emotions you've had in the last day or so that it makes sense to start with?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Yesterday, when I - realized. I tried to ask myself how I felt about it, and I was...very scared." Just remembering is enough to bring a flicker of it back 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Good, good, I see it, you don't need to keep focusing on it. You can distract yourself if you want, that might help – Maitimo, hmm, if you wanted to have some kind of unrelated neutral conversation with him while I do this, that might make it easier." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - sure." All of his first ideas for conversation topics are probably a terrible idea to bring up - "Who will have taken over for you at home? Is it a country you run or just an army? How do successive versions end up in charge of it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

...It is startlingly hard to drag up context of what was happening back in Velgarth, it feels like it was decades ago. Leareth doesn't think it's because any of the memories are actually missing, it's just that he's had no reason to think about it in...it probably was years for him, given the time dilation, right.

"I have not always run the same country or organization over successive lifetimes," he says. "I usually try to maintain them in a position where they can remain stable if I am suddenly killed, since the gods had a habit of making that happen."

(Mindhealing is happening to him - the sensory-distortion effects are pretty subtle, Melody's clearly careful and experienced with it, but it's still very recognizable. This time he can try to parse it as good; it's pretty strong evidence he's still experiencing actual reality.)

"The current one was closer to an army, though it takes a great deal of additional logistics to maintain one," he adds. "This plan was a long time in the making, so I had set up a number of side organizations that maintained certain resources..." 

Leareth can talk slowly and haltingly about things in Velgarth, answer questions, until Melody is done. It takes her about half an hour and he's limp with exhaustion by the end of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry about that," she says, noticing. "It does take a lot out of you, and I bet you don't have much energy to work with right now. If you feel like taking a nap, that's not a bad idea, it'll give this some time to settle in." She looks over at Maitimo. "Is there any particular holdup on taking him to Lórien to get the memory part fixed?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, we could leave right away."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth? Is that something you're feeling ready for?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Remembering what happened seems good. The fact that it has to be done by a god, much less so. It's helpful that his emotional reactions have just been muted a lot and also he's too tired to react much anyway, because otherwise there would definitely be panic happening about the god part.

(He makes his thoughts public for Maitimo, it seems important to communicate and he's not sure he can get past the instinctive flinch part to say it out loud.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That doesn't look like a 'definitely ready' to me," Melody says, sounding a bit concerned. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's no hurry. At least not on our end."

Permalink Mark Unread

This requires a decision, doesn't it. Leareth does not at all trust himself to make any decisions yet, which means probably the default is he stays here doing nothing until he decides dealing with a god is better than boredom. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I guess that seems fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's probably inconvenient for Maitimo's plans that Leareth is scared enough of interacting with gods to delay something that is obviously going to help, but hopefully if it's a significant problem then Maitimo will tell him.

"Thank you," he tells Melody before lying down. Falling asleep, fortunately, is not going to require a decision. He doesn't even manage to get the blankets over himself before he's out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Yeah. Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome." Melody switches to Mindspeech to avoid disturbing Leareth. :I'm a little worried he's going to - try to do things too fast, push himself too hard, just expect too much of himself in general. It's...a really different shape of that thing than I'm used to, I don't think it's that he's going to feel guilty or ashamed about not helping or something. It's more – I get the sense he's not used to needing to be gentle with himself, he's still calibrated on the way his mind was before, and he was someone with a lot of - mental control, I guess. Which is part of why he's coping as well as he is, I'm sure, but...he's going to have less to work with than he expects, now, and I sort of don't know how to communicate that to him in a way that'll get him to slow down: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmmm.

I think you're right. He was thinking something earlier about - it making sense that I'd spend time on this because it'll be useful to the Quendi when he's back to normal. Which - I mean, it will, but that's not why, at all, but I'm trying to avoid - claims to a more intimate relationship than he remembers having, that seems unfair to him - also I sort of wonder if anything is complicated by the fact we're technically holding him prisoner. He agrees that we ought to, of course, and it's not as if anyone considers us to have a grievance against him for the Gates into Valinor - I guess the Valar might - 

- we should not take him to Lórien until I get that clarified -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes. That seems extremely important to do: Melody frowns. :Does he have any idea how to have friends? Not strategic alliances with people, just, friends: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think so.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Seems not ideal: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I guess it does. He mentioned that the Velgarth gods did not - want anyone to be close to him, they'd get killed off.

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody takes a slow controlled breath through her nose, lets it out. :I am really, really tired of the stupid gods messing with my patients: 

Permalink Mark Unread

...does that come up a lot?

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I guess it was mostly just Vanyel. And I should ask him before I tell you more. But–: her fingers tighten over a fistful of her dress, :–I hate it. I hate how hard it is to do anything about it. Guess I don't like feeling - stuck, that way: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, our gods don't do very much outside of Valinor, if people your gods don't get along with want to come live here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody bobs her head, smiles. :I'll keep that in mind. Do you have questions or anything? If not I'll head back to the other side of the island now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think so. We're so grateful. Please do let us know if you need anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Of course: Melody starts to turn, then pauses. :Hey, listen - I can tell that you care about Leareth a lot. Even if you're sort of not letting it on to him fully. I'm...really glad of that? And, I imagine it must make it hard for you, right now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's true but - things were so much worse before he came.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That makes sense. It - seems like we actually got pretty lucky, here, in terms of how things worked out? It wasn't great but it could have gone so, so much worse: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I just wish - he hadn't paid so much for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I know: Melody bows her head for a moment longer, then heads out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He goes and climbs a tree and sings until Leareth seems to be waking.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wakes up a few hours later. Starts out fairly calm, until he gets out his memory-notes and realizes he didn't add to them before going to sleep, at which point he start thinking frantic public thoughts at Maitimo. 

Permalink Mark Unread

You woke up and asked me whether this was distracting from other priorities and we talked about that. We talked about getting your hair untangled. You said you wanted to start making some progress at recovery, we talked about going to Lórien or Melody. We called Melody over. You went outside for a bit. I told you that at some point you made Melkor some gates. Then you had Melody over. She tried the associations-smoothing thing. You were very tired, and you went to sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." That's enough to retrieve most of it in more detail. Except the end part is foggy. Maybe it's just because he was tired. "...Did we decide to go to Lórien? I - think it would be necessary, at some point. It does not seem as though there is a better option. I...would probably be less wary of it if I knew more of Lórien's goals, in general." 

Permalink Mark Unread

We were leaning toward going to Lórien but after you fell asleep I talked to Melody and realized that I need to check whether the Valar have any restrictions on your movement or activities in Valinor in light of the orcs thing. I've asked someone to go petition them about that. 


Lórien is - pretty good at healing. He can do psychological or emotional things, as well as physical ones. He mostly helps people with - grief they can't move on from, or a lack of energy for life, or unhealthy sexuality, or brain injuries that they are having trouble healing themselves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth tries to speak, to put the thing he's afraid of in words, and gives up, he's just going to think at it publicly instead. The problem is that Lórien is a god. Who can change how his mind is. Obviously the way his mind is right now is terrible and it really needs to be changed, but - Lórien might have different opinions about how it should end up than Leareth would. A god might well not think that Leareth ought to be the sort of person who tries to fight gods, and - make sure that whatever he heals towards, it isn't that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. 

He has never known Lórien to do that but he doesn't know things that make him confident that as a matter of principle Lórien never would. 

 

And he has never spoken to Lórien, at all, ever, because - unhealthy sexuality.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. 

This is not particularly reassuring information, but - it is kind of reassuring in the sense that Maitimo is just being honest with him, laying out the considerations. 

"Could I ask him to swear an oath not to change anything except the memories Melkor altered?" he says. "...Is it even true that oaths bind the Valar as well? I am not sure if that is something I only heard in Angband." 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's true. I don't know if he'd agree but I think it'd be reasonable to ask.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. 

"...Would you know?" he says finally. "If I - wasn't the same as before. Would you be able to tell me, help me...find a way to fix it...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I'd know. And I'd tell Vanyel to get us to some corner of the world where we can research how to find other dimensions, and look until we found one whose gods didn't need killing, and we'd fix you."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not that Leareth doesn't believe Maitimo, it's that he...doesn't know how to put weight on that kind of assurance, and he's not sure he understands why Maitimo is making it – even though he asked for it – and, it feels like he can't figure out the bounds of it until he understands what Maitimo wants, here, what the thing is that he's trying to attain.

Because - it doesn't seem clear, from this vantage point, that 'fixing Leareth' is the obvious first step towards even fixing Arda, let alone the rest of the multiverse, it seems like maybe Maitimo would be better off just...going onward with Vanyel. 

And Leareth isn't sure why his feeling on the matter is that he desperately doesn't want that to happen. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Huh. 

 

- so, one answer is that there are more people who are willing to risk their life - more than life, you have lots of those - to save my world from an evil god if they can expect that if they are injured in the process then they'll have the best available care? And probably out there there are some people so altruistic that they will do it even if I plan to totally abandon them afterwards and I do keep running into those but there's certainly going to be less of them, right, and I'll have less allies if that's how I treat them. 

- and another answer is that...you seem to be able to care about people without caring about any particular people? Or at least to have done that for a long while, before you decided Vanyel was promising, before you came here. That is not how I work at all. I care about people by caring about people. I am at all capable of math and extrapolation and noticing that I would care about faraway people if I met them even though I haven't, but - I can't care about people by leaving a trail of discarded shells behind me whenever they get mildly inconvenient to carry. I have no desire to train the habit or find out who it would make me into. The reason that I want to do things about Velgarth or the rest of the worlds at all is because they will have people like you in them, and people very unlike you, who ought to be okay, and the important project is getting them to be okay, and to do that I have to live the kind of life where I do that. Not - not off a cliff, I didn't mount a rescue during the war because it would've been stupid, if the best approaches to Melkor had killed everyone in Angband we would've gone with them, but - but that would've been awful, the kind of price you can maybe afford to pay once every few thousand years, not the sensible approach to routine prioritization!

- and another answer is that I - well, I like everybody, but I like you more than that, and if you didn't know various things I didn't tell you on purpose and the words accordingly meant something different I would be tempted to tell you that I love you, and so you have to be okay or I'll be very sad.

Permalink Mark Unread

...It makes no sense whatsoever to be crying about this so why is he crying again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- hug?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has to think about that for a bit, but - there isn't a good reason to be scared of it and there is a good reason to expect it'll help. So, sure, hug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. Very carefully in case this causes panic attacks or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

...It feels like it might be panic-worthy if Maitimo moved suddenly at all, Leareth doesn't know what this anticipation is attached to but it's probably something awful and it is definitely Melkor's fault and not Maitimo's. And the fear is just muted enough that he can let it slide past him. Start slowly relaxing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. No sudden movements at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

...He hadn't known. 

Oh, he knows there are people in the world who work the way Maitimo just described. Most people, probably. And then some of them can layer the careful strategic reasoning on top, and still - care this way, underneath. Vanyel is like that. It's not surprising, or shouldn't be–

–it's just...a shock that someone who works like that would take the part of them that cares about specific people, and point it at him. Because that was an option he willingly sacrificed, a long time ago. An inevitable result of being willing to do whatever he needs to, is that to people who are good in the normal way, Leareth is inherently untrustworthy. And it was a massive, indescribable cost to pay, giving up - having those kinds of allies, but he thought it's one he chose to pay a long, long time ago.  

And it's very confusing that apparently that isn't true? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well he's minding the possibility that there are a dozen more terrifying layers to Leareth's backstory but - yeah, it sure seems like some people might want to be Leareth's friend, personally, because of the things he cares about and the things he has tried to do to achieve them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thinks that while he may not have told Maitimo everything about his lives, because two thousand years is a long time to cover, he hit the worst and most terrifying parts. Of course, he isn't sure because he no longer trusts his mind or his memories or anything he thinks he did in the past.

Also there are the parts he doesn't remember for completely non-Melkor-related reasons; he probably did awful things during the first war with Urtho and no records survived and so he won't ever know. Which is only a marginally less awful thought than the memories Melkor erased, really. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel found Urtho's journals. Some of them, at least. It had some things about the war because he mentioned specifically that you kept trying to start peace talks, right up to the end.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't remember that. It sounds plausible. It's - sort of convenient, that supposedly Vanyel found this, but– no it isn't nearly enough to push back the balance on all the other reasons he's sure this is reality, and besides, why would Melkor think he could do a convincing impression of Urtho of all people, who Leareth, in fact, barely remembers at all. Certainly can't recall what he looked like, how he spoke... 

I want him to not be dead. It's not the shape of thought he allows himself very often, because that would be too much weight to put on what 'wanting' even means. He can't bring back Urtho. Not - as he was, not the way the Quendi come back. So it doesn't really matter what he does or doesn't feel about it. 

...It would matter to Maitimo, though, wouldn't it. If he lost a friend, even if there was nothing he could do about it, ever, that wouldn't keep him from grieving for it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think if you try to only want things you can have you're letting reality put too much weight on what 'wanting' even means.

Permalink Mark Unread

It still feels like there has to be a distinction, right, between - things he can have as goals, where it makes sense to put the entire force of what a Leareth is towards it, and things that...aren't goal-shaped. 

But it's not like he can do things right now anyway; it's not safe to put the force of who he used to be toward anything and he can't, he broke that part. So maybe there isn't that much difference, and he can...just be sad, that Urtho's dead and just because it happened a long time ago (by human reckoning, it's probably not even that long to Quendi), doesn't make it any more tolerable.

...Eventually being hugged starts to feel kind of overwhelming and he shifts away.

"Maybe we could do something about my hair," he suggests. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- because hugging is overwhelming - 

He keeps his face very neutral. Yeah, good idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can suspect that Maitimo is thinking some kind of Quendi hair-related thoughts (he thinks this privately) and he does not need to know them. He does want his hair to be less of a disaster and he isn't going to manage it himself and if Maitimo is willing to push through whatever awkwardness he feels about it to do it then he appreciates that a lot. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can soak Leareth's hair in water and detangle it strand by strand, and shampoo them, very very gently, one at a time, never tugging on Leareth's scalp at all. 

This will take like twelve hours if they want to do it all in one go, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is appreciative of the fact that this doesn't involve any sudden movements or surprise pain, and he doesn't mind it taking a long time, but if Maitimo would rather it not take twelve hours then he could probably handle a bit of having his hair pulled by accident. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No! I just wondered if you wanted to do it in two sessions or something."

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he probably is going to get tired at some point, he can see when that is and sleep and then do the rest later. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That works. He sings while he works. Not a magic song, not that Leareth can tell.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's still something to occupy his attention, and Leareth is grateful for that. He's drained enough that he doesn't have the energy for other interaction anyway. 

He gets sleepy enough that sitting up is no longer tenable about eight hours in. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then we can finish once you've rested?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, seems fine, too tired to have opinions now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's pretty sure this is sooner and thorougher getting-tired than Leareth experienced before Angband but that doesn't seem particularly worth remarking on. "Good night."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I did not write notes," Leareth mumbles about five seconds after lying down. "Will you remember, tomorrow?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. I will."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sleep. 

Leareth sleeps for ten hours without waking up in the night. Doesn't move right away once he is awake. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He won't bother him until he's sought out. He will wander nearby, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's frustratingly hard to find any impetus to move, but Leareth eventually drags himself up and checks his notes. Writes down what he remembers from the day before, which is frustratingly incomplete, Maitimo said a lot of things but apparently being upset makes his memory worse. (What is even the point of emotions that do that.) 

When he's done he puts out a public thought for Maitimo that he wants to compare their versions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

We talked about Lórien. You were worried he would try to fix your opinion that gods are terrible and should be overthrown. I thought it was unlikely he'd do that but not reassuringly unlikely. You wanted reassurance that if that happened we'd fix you, I said we would, you were - confused at the concept that people would care about you even though you've done a lot of bad things. I mentioned that Vanyel has journals of Urtho's. I fixed some of your hair, uneventfully.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems to match up. Leareth still feels kind of confused about that thing, but now that he's rested and not having emotions that make it hard to think, he suspects it's mostly just a feeling, that he isn't - confused about how it works in an understanding-the-world way.

He wants to eat breakfast and walk around a bit and then they can fix the rest of his hair. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can do that. 

"...How is Vanyel?" he thinks to ask, several hours into the hair project. "The war must have been very hard for him. He - hates violence, hates killing people." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I think he felt good about having confirmation he hadn't been wrong in his assessment of your character. And - he didn't have to do much killing people, right, we mostly stayed off the continent. His Gate range was one of our biggest advantages if -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...If what?" Maybe it's obvious but Leareth is kind of slow right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you turned out to be working for Melkor."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth clenches his eyes shut. It - still hurts - not because he feels like Maitimo is wronging him, by having had that concern – it was absolutely something he should have been tracking – but because Maitimo is right, because...it could have happened that way, right, the test has been run and he knows, now, that he's exploitable by an evil god if the circumstances line up right. It's luck that it didn't go much worse, that he didn't kill more people - didn't hurt or kill Vanyel or Maitimo with his own hands - it's not his own will that determined that. There used to be something there he could trust and there isn't, and maybe there never will be again, and how is he supposed to... 

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone's exploitable. - I understand you've been operating in a context where it was really really really important that you be an exception to that. But with enough magic and enough gods and enough ways bad things can happen, they'll happen, and you're not alone anymore, and we don't need you to be perfect, and we would be very silly to have made any plans that relied on your total immunity to all kinds of horrific manipulation and torture.

- also it's not that Leareth would kill them that he lost sleep over but maybe they should poke this wound some other day in ten years or something and not now. That's in a place where Leareth can read it but it's very very quiet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are obviously much worse things he could have been manipulated into doing than killing two specific people, however important to the war effort - Leareth knows that - he could have given Melkor access to Velgarth, that would've been worse - but, probably he can leave it alone for another time, when he has more resources to actually make progress on figuring out his mistakes. Such as 'remembering any of it', that would help.

He's grateful that there were other people left to be cautious and paranoid and smart enough that it didn't matter that Melkor could trick him. He can imagine that if their positions had somehow been reversed, he wouldn't expect Vanyel or Maitimo or anyone really to be that perfect.

"Were there any casualties?" he asks. "In the - fight, at the end?" He remembers very clearly how much damage Urtho's last superweapon caused. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. The Maia who we asked to operate the weapon since it needed a magical power source, Olórin, couldn't figure out how to make it stop, at the end, when it was over. Might be - fixable, eventually, who knows. Vanyel was going to look into it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sorry." Leareth would offer to help but taking actions isn't safe. Maybe Vanyel can ask him questions about magic, that arguably doesn't count as Leareth taking actions. Although it sounds very tiring right now, so, maybe later. Probably it won't get less fixable with more time passing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I appreciate it. It won't get any worse with time. Eventually we'll figure something out, I expect.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably. Vanyel is very good at things, especially magical research, and Maitimo seems to be particularly good at helping him and giving him what he needs to do his best work, and then there's Fëanáro who is very - himself - and there are other worlds and other people they haven't met yet and someday, surely, it'll be all right.

Leareth is quiet for the next while, sort of half having thoughts.

"...When do you think you would hear from the Valar about whether they object to my entering Valinor?" he asks an hour later. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A couple of days at the soonest. The Valar are very slow-moving about most things.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I remember that much." Leareth is both terrified of the prospect and also kind of impatient, but it's probably better that he stay here a while longer anyway, maybe he'll be less tired in a few days. "When we do hear, I want to go." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is quiet for the rest of the hair-fixing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He feels badly for bringing it up. 

 

He sings.

Permalink Mark Unread

When his hair is done, Leareth runs his hands through it. "I suppose I ought to see if I remember how to do the braids from before. There is a lot more hair now." It was hard to tell the length when it was solidly matted to itself, but it's past his shoulders. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would expect that the same braid could work."

Permalink Mark Unread

It does. It takes a while because Leareth's hands are shaky and he can't cheat with magic, and it's pretty lopsided, but he actually smiles a little when he's done. "Is that better?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's important is that it's comfortable. But - yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is much more comfortable. Thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're very welcome."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you...?" It would be really nice to be hugged again, actually, but Leareth isn't sure he has outright asked to be hugged in the last fifty years - even leaving aside the part where wanting things and asking for them is frustratingly terrifying - and he's sort of stuck.

(He leaves those thoughts public, that seems to be the best way to get unstuck when the problem is that he can't use words to say things, which is a stupid problem, but, anyway.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

- Maitimo kind of feels like he is being messed with at this point but that's very unreasonable, there's just a big pile of trauma and a species gap and attendant culture gap. Of course Leareth can have a hug. Very carefully in a not-scary way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Careful non-scary hug is more safe-feeling than anything has been in a while and Leareth will stay like that for a pretty long time before getting restless. 

(Where 'pretty long time' is half an hour or so, which may not be especially long by Quendi standards.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is aware it is way longer than Leareth has wanted comfort or intimacy at any other point in their acquaintance. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

He is really really frustrated that his boyfriend is on another continent. And also that they're ambiguously not dating but he's pretty sure he could fix that in five minutes if they were on the same continent. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thanks Maitimo again and then says he would like a bit to be alone, and he goes outside and spends a while staring up at the stars and trying to remember. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He helps Leareth keep his notes on what they're doing. They talk about things. Leareth should maybe get a bath and get fitted for new clothes; he's lost weight. Unlike the hair thing this is not awkward at all. 

 

They get word a few days later that the Valar will permit Leareth to travel to Lórien in light of the fact he's been stripped of his magic but absolutely not if he ever gets it back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That is reasonable and cautious of the Valar and Leareth is not sure he's ever going to want to go to Lórien again anyway – though it's a little unclear to him whether it means that he's banned from all of Valinor if he gets his magic back as well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so. Sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

That does feel more costly, but it's a cost that utterly makes sense he has to pay, now, and - well, he does remember thinking he wanted to show Vanyel Tirion, but he can do that without magic even if he hates every single minute he spends without his Gifts that isn't a productive way to think about it and he won't. 

They can go to Lórien. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a boat ride and then a long ride by horse if Leareth's up for it and on foot if he's not.

Permalink Mark Unread

Riding is fine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And they'll be in range to get updates from Vanyel about how Randi is doing!

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is incredibly delighted to convey that Randi is feeling great. Lórien isn't sure if the healing will be permanent, he might need to come back, but for the moment at least, he's not in pain and he's getting himself in shape again and Shavri is so happy

Shavri is also curious to meet Leareth but understands he may not really be up for talking to new people. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's doing a lot better! He has concluded we are probably not malicious hallucinations from Melkor. There's - a lot to work through, obviously. But I feel much more confident he'll eventually be okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's really good! What do you think convinced him on that so fast? I thought that was going to be really hard and take years:

Permalink Mark Unread

That is usual and what I was expecting. I think Melkor maybe wasn't very convincing with the malicious hallucinations? He couldn't use Velgarth magic, right, and we could. I pointed out to him that if Melkor could use compulsions he wouldn't need to do elaborate hallucinatory scenarios to make Leareth make him Gates. - he hadn't known. That he made Melkor some Gates. Still doesn't know why. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh. Gods. How did he - take it, learning that? I mean, probably better than I would, he's Leareth, but...: Maybe not now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It upset him. I think he - doesn't have a lot of confidence that he makes good decisions, and having that is very important for almost everything he wants to do. We're hoping the memories will help. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh. Right. That...makes sense, I mean, he has to, right? If you're going to try to do really big things you have to trust yourself that you can do it right: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. 

Also I think he feels guilty that he could've hurt us. And confused about that because apparently it's not how he usually operates. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh. That - isn't how he usually does things, no. Weird. I don't really know what to make of that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think he'd appreciate talking to you, whatever exactly is going on.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Of course. I've been really wanting to talk to him - wasn't sure when he would be ready for that, I was prepared to wait a long time, but... I'm here. Whenever:

Permalink Mark Unread

He will pass this on to Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is he angry with me?" This is a stupid question. Vanyel is almost certainly not angry with him. Leareth keeps expecting it anyway. This is almost certainly Melkor's fault but knowing that isn't enough to make him stop feeling that way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. Off-balance, I think. He is accustomed to thinking of you as arbitrarily perfect and powerful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." Leareth knows even less what to do with that than he would with anger. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What made you decide to try to convince him in particular?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Leareth isn't sure he remembers exactly what he was thinking, at the start. "It was a freely available action, speaking with him? We were in the dream together and it was not at all clear why, but it was neutral ground where there was not really anything to do except talk. And then - I suppose he listened much more thoroughly than I had expected was possible, for a Herald. He...is very curious. He wishes to know and understand things, he questions what he believes..."

A light in the world that burns brighter than most - and Leareth stumbles on that thought because he can't remember where it's coming from. 

He leaves that and the stumble public because maybe Maitimo knows? 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think you should ask Vanyel, actually, I think you - shared more of it with him. I could tell you what I put together but I'd be doing a lot of guessing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. He had a lot more time with Vanyel. With Maitimo it was...it must have been less than six months, he can't really remember now, and all of it was during an ongoing emergency - had they really even had any serious, unpresssured conversations about long term goals? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Not really. I kept expecting you to tell us what you wanted, at first, and - you mostly didn't. You told me eventually what you'd been planning in Velgarth before you came here.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I...think I tell very few people what I want," Leareth says, haltingly. "I suspect the - life, lives, that I had in Velgarth - did not reward it." He hates being so unsure of everything that he remembers or feels. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod. We talked about the implications of other worlds. You were - tired, you'd hoped that once you succeeded in Velgarth you might be able to stop.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't clear whether he remembers saying that - he thinks he remembers feeling it, but it's hard to tell if it's really that or just his current feeling of exhaustion leaking into everything.

"I suspect I would have felt less need to - try to convince you?" he guesses. "You seemed to be most of the way there already. ...Did you say in real life that you could imagine yourself carrying out a plan like the one I described? Or was that a hallucination?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

I said that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Do you - still think that?" Leareth isn't sure why he expects it to have changed, except, if it had anything to do with Maitimo trusting him, before, Maitimo should probably trust him a lot less now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- the war has if anything only increased my confidence both that I would kill a lot of people if it was necessary and that I ought to be able to imagine circumstances where it'd be necessary.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. That makes sense. Wars have a way of making that obvious and this was the first war Maitimo experienced personally.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hopefully the last, he wants to say, but Melody thought that sort of naive and Leareth probably even moreso. 

They can cross paths with Vanyel and Randi by that night.

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi is delighted and honoured to meet Maitimo (Vanyel has been telling him lots of things about Maitimo's competency and how he's a good person and Vanyel absolutely could not have gotten through the last few months of the war without him.) He wants to know how everything is going outside Valinor – is there a lot of cleanup still to do on the other continent? What kinds of political ramifications is the contact with Velgarth having? He's picked up that there are several Quendi factions other than the Noldor and wonders what they're up to right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There is a lot of cleanup still to do on the other continent - many parts of it are still overrun by orcs and orcs reproduce quickly so it will take a while to get all of it safe. Now that Melkor's dead a solution for the orcs looks possible too, though it's not entirely clear what it'd look like. Some people have proposed the gods make them their own continent and slow it down even more than Valinor to handle the population problem. Soon there is expected to be a sun - made from the surviving fruits of the dead Trees - and that should substantially simplify cleanup and reconstruction in Beleriand. 

It seems likely that not many Quendi will want to emigrate to Velgarth but lots will want to visit temporarily for research and cultural exchange and so on, and humans are of course welcome in Arda for all of the same things. 

There's the Vanyar, who live around Taniquetil and plan to keep doing that. The Teleri, who live around Alqualondë, have tentatively embraced the possibility of crossing the ocean to see the peoples of Beleriand, mostly of their own kin who stayed behind when the final ferry to Valinor departed four thousand Velgarth-years ago. And they're still meeting all the peoples of Beleriand and Endorë beyond Beleriand, but the Dwarves have been an enormous asset in the war and will probably want trade relations with Velgarth countries too.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. Probably Randi should arrange to meet reprensentatives from the Vanyar and the Telari as well? Also he's not sure if it's diplomatically correct for him to go meet the other Valar. He likes Lórien.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri doesn't say anything about this fact but it'll be clear to Maitimo from her expression that she is not at all sure she likes Lórien. Shavri is pretty uncomfortable about gods in general. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He absolutely should meet Ingwë of the Vanyar and Olwë of the Teleri. Maitimo can suggest where to go and what they'll likely want to talk about. He can meet the other gods if he'd like but it's not expected. Quendi Kings are traditionally crowned at Taniquetil but that tradition is falling by the wayside what with his father planning to never return to Valinor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Makes sense. Why doesn't Fëanáro want to return to Valinor? 

Permalink Mark Unread

He has some disagreements with the gods about a long list of topics, from the degree of rightful authority they have over the Quendi to whether it's good that they exist to whether other people ought to aspire to become more powerful than them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. Randi nods but seems - not that curious about this. 

(Shavri is intrigued though. Plans to talk to Fëanáro about this if she gets a chance to talk to him period at any point.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel has been pretty quiet during the introductions and chatting, but as they're wrapping up, he Mindspeaks Maitimo privately. :You got someone to fix Leareth's hair! I'm really glad, it was...making me sad before, it didn't seem like the top priority to do anything about it though: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- I think it was a pretty high priority, but - I wasn't going to without his agreement. He asked for it, though, once he was feeling a little better.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That seems like a good sign?: Vanyel takes a deep breath, and then a few steps toward Leareth, who's been hanging back while the rest of them talk.

"Hey," he says. "It's really good to see you - I'm glad you're doing better. I, um – it must be kind of scary to come here." Because of the whole god part, but it seems rude and probably ill-advised to say that out loud in Lórien's domain. "And, er, I apologize again about the compulsions, and that I did such a sloppy job."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Herald Vanyel." Leareth is having confusing emotions about this interaction. He isn't even sure what they are. "It seemed necessary to come here. Only another of the gods of Arda can undo what a god did in the first place. Melody said she was unable to fix the memory alterations."

Public thought: Maitimo help why is he almost crying just from seeing Vanyel's face, this makes no sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe in Angband he had some feelings about having dragged Vanyel into this? And then left it all on his shoulders? Sometimes people recovering from an awful experience are also known to cry for no reason at all, though. No one's going to hold it against him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense," Vanyel is saying. "Lórien's - pretty all right, actually. He fixed my Gate problem! Along with a bunch of other things, um, I - got injured a bit before you pulled me in, I couldn't do magic very well right away." 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Oh no that must have been really, really bad. Leareth had, in hindsight, been counting on Vanyel a lot – it must have been awful for Maitimo if Vanyel arrived, Leareth was instantly captured, and Vanyel couldn't even do magic to keep the war effort going. He's suddenly a lot more surprised that they still won. 

"I am glad to hear that," he says neutrally. Leareth is absolutely not going to cry in front of Vanyel, whether or not anyone would hold it against him, because...Vanyel has been carrying far too much for far too long, and he's used to thinking of Leareth as arbitrarily perfect and powerful, he's used to being able to put weight on that, and, and–

"I am tired from the journey and need to rest," Leareth says stiffly, and looks around for a place to flee to. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a clump of trees with a flat mossy spot to set up camp right on his left barely ten feet away, shielded from this road by a thick line of shrubs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth will head straight there, at a dignified walk so it seems less to Vanyel like he's running away, and once he's behind the shrubs he sits down on the moss and curls up in a ball and cries. Everything feels very overwhelming and loud and that doesn't make much sense either but, there it is.

(Also he's aware that this place is magic, and he can't sense it at all, and that fact is making him feel blind and deaf and helpless.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If your schedule permits waiting for Lórien to see Leareth," he says to Vanyel, "I think he might want to accompany you around Valinor. And he will have to do it now, because they've said once he gets his magic back he isn't allowed. I don't have a good guess about how long it'll be, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course I can–" Vanyel stops himself. Turns to Randi. "I...would like to stay for that. I know you need to head back, and - that it'd help to have me around, but..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Vanyel." Randi takes a step toward him, grips his shoulder. "We managed for eighteen months without you. And you just saved the entire world over here. You deserve a break. If you wanted to stay longer than a year, I'd - miss you, honestly, but we're not at war and we're not going to be, and the support and exchange of knowledge we're getting from the Quendi - which you earned us - now should more than cancel out not having you there for mage-work. Which is good, we've known for years that we need to be less dependent on Herald-Mages, and on you in particular." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Would you like me to come over? he asks Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. Please. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He walks behind the hedges. They grow helpfully taller. 

 

Do you want me to hold you?

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably that would help, even though Leareth is still confused about why it's the kind of thing that helps. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can hold him. 

If it were Maitimo it would be - very frightening, to not be able to form the kind of interpersonal relationship he was accustomed to forming, and to have to instead rely on a different kind, while not even able to reason about whether this kind is trustworthy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That - seems like the thing, yes - and it is very frightening - and clearly it isn’t useful to keep being scared about it, that’s not productive, and Leareth is used to being able to, just, set aside fear when it’s obvious not strategically useful to feel it, and right now he can’t. Which is its whole own level of terrifying.

Leareth continues leaving his train of thought public for Maitimo because that’s a lot easier than putting it into words. Especially when he’s still crying, for no discernible reason, it’s very inconvenient how that gets in the way of communicating.

Permalink Mark Unread

I understand that having emotions gets in the way of being reassuring to Vanyel or acting like the person you normally act like but I don't think it's getting in the way of your larger strategic goals here? We have lots of time, nothing's time-sensitive, we're not going to think less of you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe? Unfortunately it's not like he can reason it through in a way he could actually trust, so - probably the simplest and most productive thing to do here is to take Maitimo's word for it. 

...being held is nice. If Leareth can let go of worrying about the past or the future and going in circles trying to track his strategic considerations, this...is a pretty good moment, actually. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can sit there and hold him and sing, then. 

 

Eventually he decides it'd be nicer if there were a berry bush right behind him with blackberries, and what do you know, there is. Would Leareth like some blackberries.

Permalink Mark Unread

...is that magic? Leareth can't tell and he's pretty alarmed about being in a garden that is made of god-magic and can - read Maitimo's mind to figure out what he wants? If it can do that it can read his mind and he really doesn't want it doing that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Lórien configures itself to be what it thinks its inhabitants need, yeah, that is why there was a perfect site for a camp hidden by a high wall of bushes right when Leareth decided he needed to run away. I don't know very much about how it works. I'm sorry. If you want to just get the memories done right away and leave immediately we can do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Unfortunately doing that requires talking to Lórien, who is a god, and Leareth's current feeling about that is panic.

And then lots of layers of additional frustration - he should just be able to do it, he already decided this was the best next step, it's not ideal and he doesn't want to but he's done a lot of things in his life that he wished he didn't have do, when they were required next steps–

–unfortunately the part of him actually in control of his actions is busy panicking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are songs for calming down, if you'd like me to sing one? He'd been reluctant to suggest it because it seems like maybe adding mind control to the mix here is a bad idea but Leareth should at least know his options.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, Leareth would obviously calm down on purpose if he could. He's used to having that kind of control internally. He wouldn't want Lórien doing it to him, but...he's pretty sure Maitimo is tracking what actually makes sense here, pragmatically, and - Maitimo cares about the same goals Leareth does, and that makes it feel - not that different from just deciding to calm down on his own. So that seems good. 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right, calming song. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It doesn't feel like being forced to calm down, so much as - finding that pathway suddenly available, when it wasn't before, and of course he's going to decide to follow it. And, he still isn't feeling very ready to go interact with Lórien, but this is a fine moment, and if there are blackberries anyway he'll have some. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There're blackberries. Also pretty flowers. Maitimo keeps holding him, keeps singing, makes a point of not moving at all and a point of not touching his hair. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's very considerate of him, really, even if Leareth wishes it wasn't necessary for him to be so careful. He doesn't like being - fragile - in this way, it's jarring. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He keeps ending up in not-very-useful places, when he tries to empathize with Leareth here, because Quendi take very very poorly to being imprisoned; a compulsion like the one they put Leareth under would almost certainly just kill a Quendi. But if he abstracts that away for a second - Vanyel had been entirely sure that Leareth couldn't die from being a prisoner itself - if he were in Leareth's position he would hate it very very passionately. That alone would account for all the distress and then some, without even getting into the torture and the trauma and the missing memories. The situation is very bad and it makes sense that Leareth is somewhat fragile about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Quendi die just from being prisoners? Leareth's first thought is that this is terrible design and he's very glad humans don't have that problem. Dying is bad! Leareth hates not having his Gifts (the compulsion was honestly not that bad, since at the time he was incapable of doing things on purpose anyway so it's not like it made much of a difference really.) He was extremely miserable about the parts of the torture he remembers and there's probably a lot more misery he doesn't remember. Nonetheless. Dying is worse than any of that. 

(...Probably dying is less bad for Quendi because they know they're going to come back.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo is scared of dying because Mandos will fix him but he doesn't think most Quendi are, really, and probably being scared of death is a sign of immaturity or something. Dying of being a prisoner is...sort of strategic? It means you can't be taken prisoner, except by an evil god who can override your physiology.  It would be sort of inconvenient if a Quendi went to another world where people didn't realize they would kill the Quendi by doing a thing otherwise reasonable to do.

Anyway that's not really the point it just means that when Maitimo asks himself 'how would you feel if you were badly damaged and couldn't trust yourself and were Leareth's prisoner and couldn't sing' he has to handwave some stuff away before he can consider how he'd feel, which would be very very scared.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's relieving, that Maitimo understands why he feels this way and thinks it's reasonable, and isn't offended that it means Leareth doesn't like or trust him. Leareth does. That part of it not, objectively, a bad situation; it's good for his goals, Maitimo is being smart and sensible and Leareth is really glad he can trust him to do that. It's just - still scary.

...He's probably calm enough to go see Lórien now. At which point he may or may not want to then get out of the magic garden as fast as possible. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Lórien will probably be right around the corner if Leareth wants to stand up and go looking for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth gets up and cautiously leaves the bush-protected hollow - is Lórien there? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably the Quendi man sitting in this clearing is Lórien, judging from how the air feels still and heavy around him.

He does not say anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

aaaaaaaa magic and he can't even sense the magic part and–

"I would like you to put back my memories that Melkor altered," Leareth says, and his voice only shakes a little. "I would like you to - not - do anything else. Please." 

Permalink Mark Unread

I UNDERSTAND. YOU MUST CHOOSE YOUR OWN PATH TO HEALING. I WILL NOT CHANGE ANYTHING ELSE.

 

 

And then the memories are back. There are years of them. They aren't sorted, they aren't in any kind of order, far too many of them feel sort of like they happened yesterday. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is extremely overwhelming. 

"Thank you," Leareth says, it seems probably strategic to be polite to the god who just helped him, and then he turns and runs and really, really hopes that the bush-hidden campsite area is still there to hide in. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is!!

Permalink Mark Unread

Hide – curl up – he's too overwhelmed to even cry. It feels hard to breathe again. Probably this is just emotions having really pointless side effects again and he is not actually dying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. Sing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually Leareth calms down enough to think. Sort of. Half his thoughts keep accidentally going down threads that end up on SURPRISE TORTURE MEMORY and this is really bad for thinking actually.

Probably he wants to not be in the magic mindreading garden anymore, but he also wanted to wait for Vanyel - is there a place they can camp that's kind of nearby but not actually in the magic part? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, they can leave Lórien and camp in the normal nonmagical forest right nearby.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth wants to do that right away please. Also for walking out of the garden to not require going near Lórien.

Permalink Mark Unread

If the garden is any good at all it should deposit them outside it with very little walking and no running into people. 

 

Maitimo could carry him?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth really would prefer to be able to walk on his own but it seems like that's a decision and he's stuck on it, and he wants it be out of the garden more than he wants to not be carried, so sure that would be very helpful and considerate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He will carry him out of the magic forest. Into some normal forest where it's a bit more work to clear a patch of ground and set up a tent.

 

Probably Leareth is just going to need...lots of processing time. For years of memories of torture and manipulation to get through.

Permalink Mark Unread

Before this, Leareth was impatient to get to the part where he could figure out how Melkor manipulated him and what his mistakes were, but that feels several steps too hard right now, it's not like he can just start at the beginning, and also there's a lot more not-very-interesting-but-still-horrifyingly-salient torture every time he tries to even find an example of Melkor attempting to convince him to switch sides.

...Possibly the thing he actually wants right now is to not be conscious, so maybe Maitimo can sing a sleep song? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. He can do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Unfortunately, NIGHTMARES. 

Leareth is used to - was used to before, at least - his dreams being pretty muted, often not even in images - most of his memories aren't formatted that way. This is not at all the same. He wakes up gasping and shaking just a few hours into sleeping. It's probably a good thing he doesn't have any magic to throw around right now, all things considered. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- do you need anything -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't know - he's scared and still kind of confused about where he is right now and he's so, so tired and he wants it to stop -

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. I'm sorry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...He didn't manage to take any notes before going to sleep, can Maitimo remind him what happened - he's too exhausted to write it down right now but it might at least help him feel more located, instead of lost in a formless tangle of past and future where there's no way of predicting what might happen next. 

Permalink Mark Unread

We talked to Vanyel. It left you pretty overwhelmed. You decided you wanted to get the memories and leave Lórien right away. We did that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Was talking to Vanyel the part that was overwhelming? That sort of doesn't make sense, compared to the 'talking to a god' part, and it's hard to remember which emotions were attached to what – also maybe he's cold, he seems to be shivering. He's so tired. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can get out an extra blanket. Vanyel mentioned that he'd been injured back in Velgarth and couldn't do magic normally when you pulled him through. That was distressing, presumably because you hadn't realized how close a call things were. Then you talked to Lórien and got the memories back and that was very overwhelming.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Right. He - hadn't remembered that, quite, probably it would have come to him when something reminded him of it but it's still upsetting that his recall is that dubious. 

Leareth mumbles out his thanks and curls up with his blanket and tries to go back to sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can sing to help with that.

Permalink Mark Unread

It helps.

Leareth wakes up several more times before - well, it's not like 'morning' is a thing here, which really isn't helping with the feeling that he's lost in a place where linear time doesn't exist. He eventually gives up on getting any more sleep, though. He's incredibly exhausted and has a tension headache but he's starting to hate the entire concept of sleep.

This is such a stupid problem to be having. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you want me to ask Lórien whether this comes up a lot and how it is usually handled?

Permalink Mark Unread

...Sure, Leareth would appreciate that, as long as he doesn't personally have to go back into the magic garden. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo can do it himself. He heads off to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sits at the mouth of the tent with two blankets wrapped around himself, and looks up at the stars. He can distract himself enough with that to mostly avoid having any thoughts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is back not all that much later. 

Lórien can do more things, to make the memories feel - less recent, mostly. If you don't want that there are also teas that help reduce vivid dreams. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth will try the teas and he wants to ask Melody if she can do anything, and if neither of those work then maybe he'll consider going back to Lórien. Unless Maitimo thinks that's a stupid way to prioritize things and he should just go to Lórien now, in which case - he doesn't want to but it could still be the best available option? 

Permalink Mark Unread

No? I guess I'd consider it if there were another evil god and it was very urgent we have you back as soon as possible but it isn't, actually.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Then, if they're not going anywhere in a hurry, Leareth wants - for Maitimo to hold him again, maybe, if he's okay with that. And he can spend a while not trying to do anything or track what's happening around him and figure out what it means, and just...notice that each moment that's happening is fine, actually, and doesn't involve any suffering. It's not as restful as sleep but it's less exhausting than trying to think about the future. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can do that. He is a Quendi and can hold very still for a very long time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then eventually Leareth will fall asleep on him, because he slept very badly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Rúmil said that most people made most of their progress in the first fifty years, starting not from when they were rescued but from when they decided to start taking actions. He is not planning to tell Leareth this because it seems like it might add pressure but it's useful to sort of set his own expectations. Sometimes it seems like Leareth is halfway better but he's not, really, he's on the first step of a thousand mile journey, and that's fine. 

 

He sings. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sleeps a lot more solidly this time – if Maitimo is willing to stay still long enough then he'll sleep for another four hours easily. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If Leareth can endure five years of torture for him he can hold still even though his leg itches for four hours.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wakes up slowly, still pretty disoriented but calmer about it - he's warm and comfortable, which is weird, but not yet alarming. "...Where are we?" Probably he should know the answer to that question but he's having trouble picking it apart from the jumbled fragments of too-vivid dreams. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Camping in the forest just outside Lórien. We were going to talk to Vanyel before we head back to Tol Eressëa. If you are up for it, you wanted to show him Tirion."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thinks that Vanyel would enjoy seeing Tirion, and in an abstract sort of sense he would like being the one to show him around, but actually doing it now sounds exhausting and he isn't sure he could manage it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. It can wait until we have a sun, anyway. I bet it'll look nicer with a sun, especially to humans."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably. We do not see as well in the dark." Leareth wonders if he could borrow Maitimo's eyes still, since he no longer has access to any Thoughtsensing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think you should be able to - he tries pushing his senses towards Leareth so Leareth can see through his eyes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh!" He's surprised it works. "...I want to look at the stars this way." It's probably a lot better than with human eyes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo can see about twenty times as many stars as he can. They have lots more variance in color, too.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's beautiful. It gets a breath of awe and almost a smile from him. He looks at them for a long time. 

"...How is a sun going to work, given that your world is flat?" he thinks to ask finally. "Our world circles around a star. Though in the past many people thought that the sun circled us instead. I imagine neither would work here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're going to have a Maia tow it across the sky in a chariot."

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. "Will it be the same Maia all the time or will they have a chance to trade off and take breaks? I would get rather bored doing such a job, but perhaps there is a Maia out there who wishes nothing more than to be responsible for pulling the sun." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know who they picked but I don't think Maiar get bored, really. There's one who makes sure all the rocks in an area are in heaps of the right size. It's some mathematical property that makes sizes allowed or disallowed, and it's one that's hard to calculate, and when the mathematicians in Valimar think they've discovered a new largest one they go ask her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is - very cute, actually." Another faint smile. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maiar are mostly lovely. - except Melkor's, which are mostly dead, now, we're pretty sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Leareth doesn't really want to think about Melkor right now. He was doing reasonably well so far thinking about all of the things in the world that aren't Melkor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are Maiar who care very much about one particular river running a particular way, and over time the lay of the land changes from the winds and the waters but if you're very very stubborn you can keep your river running just the way it used to, sometimes going uphill. There are Maiar who tend to herds of deer, making sure they don't get injured or have more children than they can feed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Were they - made to care that way, when the world was created? Or did they end up with a set of priorities at random–" 

- flicker of memory - standing in a stone room in front of a Vala's throne -

THE ELVES BELIEVE THAT ERU'S VISION FOR THE WORLD WAS THAT IT WAS PERFECT LIKE THEIR PARADISE, WITHOUT HARDSHIP OR LOSS OR TRAGEDY. 

THIS IS NOT WHAT ERU ENVISIONED. ERU ENVISIONED A GRAND WAR OF GOOD AGAINST EVIL, IN EVERY STEP OF WHICH GOOD WOULD LOSE FOR AS LONG AS IT WAS POSSIBLE. 

"Ack," Leareth says, and huddles up against Maitimo. As if that's going to do anything to help. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- snuggle. "...I think they were made that way? So there'd be someone to appreciate every feature of the world. But for them it's like finding it...they wander through the world until they encounter something that's more interesting than anything else, and then they know."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Interesting." Maybe Maiar are not the best topic of conversation right now. ...Actually, if he can find the courage to look at it again, maybe he should try to find out what the rest of that snippet of memory was about. It seemed like not-torture and maybe actually interesting, and if everything is going to remind him of Melkor anyway he might as well do something productive with that rumination. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Does Maitimo have paper around? 

THE ELVES BELIEVE THAT ERU'S VISION FOR THE WORLD... 

...is this even the same memory? Leareth isn't totally sure. 

I AM NOT THE ENEMY OF THE PEOPLES OF ARDA EXCEPT INCIDENTALLY. I AM THE ENEMY OF THEIR GOD. 

- gah there is a lot of speech here and it's really hard to stay focused on it for long, he keeps ending up in different rabbitholes of memory which are way less productive to dwell on. Also while it's definitely a lie, it's not that convincing of one; he really hopes he didn't fall for this, he would be very unimpressed with himself. 

I PROPOSE THAT WE ASSIST EACH OTHER IN SOLVING PROBLEMS THAT NEITHER OF US CAN SOLVE ALONE...

This is exhausting to wade through but Leareth is worried that if he lets go of it, it'll take him months to find it again in the mess of out-of-order memories over five years. 

...He remembers asking for a night to think. Remembers - some of those thoughts, that part is a lot less clear than the words, but he does remember being afraid. Afraid of what it would mean to give up - to risk dying forever...

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. 

Do you want, uh, fact-checking on the evil god, or just hugs, or ...

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe fact-checking at the end – he wants to see if he can figure out what he did in this one. 

He remembers being very unsure of almost everything. But - thinking that it wasn't under his control, anymore. That allying with a god he had solid reason to think was opposed to everything he cared about wasn't right, and here and now was a terrible place to let Melkor try to convince him otherwise, and–

–and deciding it was all right, if it turned out Melkor was telling the truth and could kill him and make sure he didn't come back, because Maitimo and Vanyel were out there, and there were other worlds, and somehow, someone else would make sure Velgarth and everywhere else got fixed in the end–

–and walking up to Melkor and - some sort of exchange about oaths - and then declining to help, at which point there's a very sharp discontinuity and he has to wrench himself back to the here-and-now to avoid ending up in the horribletorturepit again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- hug.

I'm really really glad you're not dead.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So am I." 

He wants to do fact-checking on it now but - no it seems like the thing happening instead is that he's going to be really upset about it. Great, very helpful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

You handled yourself really well, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

He would have had to have been very stupid to have fallen for that, Leareth thinks. He's not sure what Maitimo can possibly think he did well, as opposed to 'not disastrously.' 

Permalink Mark Unread

He wasn't betting on you believing him. He was betting on you being willing to play along, if the alternative was death. And I think I might have, if he hadn't been lying about that part, if it wasn't my world in the first place.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I suppose I might not have been sure what I would do in that situation, before it happened." Leareth twists to look at him. "Was he lying about that part?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

He wasn't going to kill you. I don't know if he was lying about whether he could have. Maybe when they're straightened out I can watch and take a better guess, if you want? But he's a Vala and I've never met him and it's all secondhand, you don't notice all the same things, so I'm not sure. I'm sorry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that I doubted he would actually kill me. I must have been greatly valuable to him." Shrug. "And empirically, even when I was not valuable to him, he preferred not to kill me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shiver. 

I keep wishing we could kill him again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. It would not help, but...I know." Leareth closes his eyes and wraps his arms around himself - damn it, why does just thinking of it make him feel so fundamentally in danger, even now that it's over, in a way that has nothing to do with whether he has his Gifts or his freedom or anything else like that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

People...form habits? For good reasons, it makes you more efficient at things you do a lot, makes you faster to identify situations. And trauma is a kind of habit, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is aware that this makes a lot of sense based on how people work, it's just, it would be nice if the habits were any amount less screamingly loud – even his accumulated centuries worth of combat reflexes are easier to override. Maybe that'll get less extreme with time, he reminds himself; it hasn't been that long, less than a month, after five years. Even if five years isn't a lot to weigh up alongside the two thousand before that, it's still a pretty long time to get used to things being a certain way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And it is probably a lot of input of the type people are designed to be highly motivated to learn from.

Permalink Mark Unread

This also makes perfect sense, it's just very irritating because Leareth doubts that the torture parts contain any useful lessons at all for the kinds of situations and plans the future is likely to contain, so it's very inconvenient that his mind both finds the memories screamingly salient and seems to have formed a ton of associations that aren't even conscious enough for him to argue with them. 

(Leareth is aware that his mind is set up differently from most people, or was before at least - that many people never had the kind of control of their thoughts and emotions that he's been able to take for granted, at least for the last millennium or so, maybe he was less - mature - before that.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Age affects it a lot among Quendi, though so does personality. He has never personally focused very much attention on feeling the right things (why does that matter, when you can just make sure to present the right things?) but it's probably still gotten better over time, very gradually.  There's almost no Quendi who have control over their emotions at the age that all humans are before they die.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo is such a very different person from him, Leareth thinks, and yet - there's a core of similarity there, Vanyel has it too. It's the reason he was apparently willing to risk not existing anymore, in that memory, because once you've stuck Maitimo and Vanyel in a room together, that's enough, right, it's - still worse than being there to do it alongside them, but also a lot better than helping Melkor conquer some of those worlds.

–he's so incredibly tired. Probably this is not the most helpful time to think about the weight of the future and all the other worlds out there that need saving.

"I think I want to go back to the island," he says tonelessly. I want to go home. But Leareth isn't sure that anywhere has ever felt like home to him, not the way his mind seems to be hunting for right now. Maybe Urtho's Tower did, once. He wouldn't remember. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good. Should Vanyel travel with us?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would like that, if he is ready to return. I am not sure if King Randale wished to stay in the garden longer." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He told Vanyel he could take some time off. I think it'll be good for him."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Can you ask him if he would want to leave today, then?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure."

 

Can he reach Vanyel from here?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep! :Maitimo, is everything all right? I expected you'd stay in the garden longer: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth got the memories and is finding them a lot to process and wants to go back to Tol Eressëa to do so. He'd like you to travel with us for that, though, if you're up for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Right. He probably didn't like the part where he was in close proximity to a god, I bet. I should let Randi and Shavri know - do you think Leareth has a preference one way or another if they wanted to travel with us? I'm not sure they will, Randi was talking about maybe going to Tirion and then to wherever that other place is where the Vanyar live: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll ask. 

 

"Vanyel wants to know whether he should invite King Randele and Shavri with us. He's not sure they'll want to come anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

aaaaaaa having preferences about things, Leareth has no idea – he kind of just met them, well, not even really, he didn't actually greet King Randale or get properly introduced – it shouldn't feel scary to travel with them, but it does feel like he would have to put extra effort into maintaining his composure, even more than he would with just Vanyel, and that sounds exhausting.

On the other hand Vanyel is a Herald and Randale is his King and he probably has some sort of duty there. 

"I think I would somewhat prefer not, but if there are practical reasons for them to travel with us then I can manage," he says tightly.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think it'd work better if they go on to Tirion - I can arrange them an escort if that's helpful. Leareth thinks he can manage if they want to come with us but I suspect it'd be at least a little bad for him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Right. Give me a few minutes and I'll check with them?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

Couple minutes pass. 

:Randi thinks he ought to make the rounds of Valinor, meet the relevant leadership: Vanyel sends. :He would appreciate an escort – he's not worried about it being dangerous here but cultural translation still seems helpful: 

Pause. :Also he said he asked Fëanáro this before and was declined, but wanted to ask you too in case you, er, knew more about conditions on the ground. They were expecting refugees from Arda and started preparing for that, then the war ended and that seems unnecessary, but he's wondering if Endorë could use food or Healers or other aid, since he's got a bunch of that collected anyway: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's very good of him. I bet we could use Healers and once the sun gets started help with agriculture, but it feels - unjust - to take from people who have such short lives anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel ignores the second part. :Randi says we can lend you some Healers, if he has assurances that they'll be stationed in well-secured areas. He thinks quite a lot of people are very excited to see your world anyway: 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. I'm sure we can make arrangements for their security.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Thank you. I should make sure Randi and I finish all the conversations we'd wanted to have, but I can meet you outside the garden in maybe half an hour or an hour?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds great. 

And he conveys this to Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, seems fine. Leareth is going to take a nap then because he is mysteriously very tired again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then when Vanyel arrives Maitimo will be holding a sleeping Leareth and singing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, what, this is a baffling scene to walk in on, Vanyel is so incredibly confused. He doesn't even know what the right question is to ask and it's probably rude anyway so he just sort of stares blankly at them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He has trouble sleeping. I expect this is the worst of it, once he's had a bit of time to process all the new memories and once Melody has taken a shot at making them a more reasonable amount of salient he will probably have less trouble.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh. Um, right, that makes a lot of sense – I was terrible at sleeping for years after, er, bad things happened to me: It's still very discomfiting. Also it's confusing because one of the top pieces of advice he got about interacting with Leareth now was not to touch him, and even apart from that, 'Leareth' and 'cuddly' just do not belong in the same sentence. 

:Can you not wake him up just yet?: Vanyel adds. :I, just... I think I don't have my head around - all of this. Him being traumatized this way. I...should be able to empathize about it, really, but it's mostly just putting me really off-balance right now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I have been mostly trying to let him sleep until he wakes up on his own. We can catch up while we're waiting for him. 

 

It makes sense that it's be hard to see someone who you knew as you knew him in such different conditions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel sits down next to them, drapes his arms around his knees. :That's a lot of it. And - I just feel incredibly guilty every time I look at him. I feel like it's my fault we took as long as we did – that he got captured at all, if I hadn't been so messed up by Gates and my magic were working I could've helped fight... I know that's stupid. The Leareth I remember would tell me off for feeling guilty, if he knew - or, no, he would very respectfully talk me through it...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Have you thought of a way we could've saved him sooner?

Permalink Mark Unread

:No. Have you?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

No. I don't think there was one. We had to get back to Velgarth and that was a substantial research project even for Leareth. He could've left you detailed notes about it, but he was expecting to have time to talk to you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I could have walked in and Final Striked Melkor and - and then at least he would've come back in Velgarth somewhere instead of...this...:

Vanyel hugs his knees to his chest. :I don't think I should have done that. For one we're not completely sure he would have come back, if Melkor were tampering with his magic... I think my mind just keeps looking for ways for this to - not be what reality is: 

Permalink Mark Unread

And if you'd done that Randi would be dying of whatever his thing is, and even if Leareth kept the memories that'd let him rediscover Arda it wouldn't be for a long time.

 

I think that reality is just very bad even with everyone doing their best.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes: Vanyel should know that if anyone does, really. :I want to try to help him - I feel like I owe him that, and also I just want him to be okay - but it's really weird and I'm worried it's uncomfortable for him too. I would be really embarrassed about it in his place: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems like in the long run it might be good for him to have some evidence that he will still have friends and allies when he is not perfectly in control of everything.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That makes sense. ...I'm not sure he really does having friends? I guess he did say once that he considered me a friend, but I'm not sure what that meant to him at the time. Probably something different from, um, whatever it is that makes him have an easier time sleeping if you're holding him and singing to him – I'm sorry, that's just still really jarring to me, before today I wouldn't have pictured Leareth hugging anyone: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I get the sense he has not historically done any having friends, yeah. He was - confused about why we were not just going to stick him somewhere where we could forget about him and go do other stuff, given that it might take him a long time to recover. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:What? Oh no, that's so sad: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is! To be fair I bet if he were functioning normally he'd have had better models of us. But still, there's some - some assumptions about how people work, there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes. It did seem off – I mean, that's the way start thinking, if I'm - in a bad place - but it's still really odd for Leareth to be doing that. Anyway, it's... I feel like I could convince him it's correct for strategic reasons for us to help him, now, but that's not even why? Even if I thought he wasn't ever going to get better enough to help us fix Velgarth or whatever, I'd still want to be around now?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I would too. I told him that actually I just care about him as a person.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Er, how did that go over?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- most things go over by causing a lot of emotions the intensity of which he is fairly displeased about, lately.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh no, he would really hate that. I keep feeling like I should have useful advice about that but I don't know where to start: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a pretty unusual situation. I think probably he just needs time and - for it to keep being the case that it's all right to have a lot of  unexpected weaknesses.

I haven't said anything about the thing that maybe got through the Gate.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Right. I feel like he doesn't at all need to be worrying about that - if something changes to make it more urgent, we can reconsider, I guess. And, that makes sense. I'm going to try really hard to get my head wrapped around the unexpected weaknesses part, it's got to be bothering him enough as it is without it additionally bothering me in a way that's obvious. I hope it hasn't been too obvious so far?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think he's noticed anything. I did tell him my read on how you were doing which included that you are used to him being very much in control of things. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm. I guess you thought it was helpful for him to have that as context?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mostly I ...we're going to be tempted to project whatever is most reassuring to him, right, like that we're not at all taken aback by this and it doesn't change anything. But he's good at reading people, and he's asking me for reads on people and I'm excellent at that, and if what we're telling him doesn't match what he is perfectly capable of noticing himself then he's going to be distrusting himself unfairly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Makes sense. He's got to be distrusting himself a lot already – gods, that's the worst part of this, Leareth is - meant to be someone who just takes for granted that he can trust his reasoning and can personally accomplish whatever he thinks is necessary? It must be incredibly awful for him, not having that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, I think it is. I think that he was hoping with the memories he'd be able to - decide if he'd been wrong to think that in the past. But they're not in a coherent order and he will have to do a lot of work to get that out of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods. He can't think of anything else to add, right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is the point at which Leareth wakes up. He's warm and comfortable and - where is he?? - oh, Maitimo is there, singing, so he can't be in immediate danger. 

Also Vanyel is there. Which means he's presumably been watching Leareth sleep for a bit. Leareth has some kind of feeling about that.

Maybe it's because he's starting out pretty relaxed, not rigidly trying to stay in control - maybe it's for some mysterious other reason - but he is very suddenly sobbing again, and no matter how much it feels like he ought to be able to decide not to, that isn't an available action. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh no what is he supposed to say this is so awkward. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He keeps holding him, doesn't move. "Vanyel, can you make us breakfast? There's some food in my pack, or you can go wander through Lórien thinking what sounds tasty."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." Vanyel has a look in the pack, shrugs, heads back in the direction of the garden with Yfandes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sorry, Leareth thinks loudly at Maitimo. Can he do the calming song again? Leareth keeps getting caught up in frustration that he can't control his emotions, then additionally being upset that the frustration is the opposite of helpful - it's a very dumb multi-storeyed tower of pointless emotions but knowing that isn't enough to dismantle it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can do the calming song. I really don't think you owe us an apology.

Permalink Mark Unread

...No, of course Maitimo wouldn't think he does, and once he's calm enough to have coherent thoughts again, Leareth can admit that he wouldn't think anyone in his current position owed the people around them an apology for having emotions, if it were Vanyel–

–the thought of Vanyel having been captured instead makes him want to scream, it's almost unbearable even to look at.  

Permalink Mark Unread

- yeah. 

I don't think there's anyone who'd be better than you at putting yourself together.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he can at least be on some level glad that it was him and not Vanyel. Even if everything else is terrible right now, Vanyel is fine, or as fine as he can reasonably be given his past, and – that's because of a choice Leareth must have made at some point even if he hasn't tracked down the memory of it. Some past version of him was smart enough to realize what Melkor was doing and to - make it impossible - and, as a result, Vanyel is mostly-fine and the war is won and Melkor is dead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes.

Maitimo's actually confused by the degree to which his impression of Vanyel mismatches everyone Vanyel knows from his own world. Vanyel was very easy to work with, as emotionally stable as a person could reasonably be in a crisis of this scale, gracious and diplomatic with Lórien and with his father. At no point did Vanyel's emotional state feel like a limiting factor on anything. He has gathered that all this is uncharacteristic but he's not sure what the difference is.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's interesting. Leareth isn't sure either. It could be that a lot of Vanyel's friends back home knew him ten or fifteen years ago and are anchored on that, and Vanyel fifteen years ago was a lot more obviously not-fine. Also, it seems plausible that Maitimo is just very good at making sure Vanyel isn't subjected to the kinds of stress that are harmful for him. Even just making sure he eats and sleeps enough would go a long way. During the Karsite war, they shoved him out to roam the border by himself, since every time he tried to settle in a camp somewhere the enemy would start focusing their attacks there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- wow. Vanyel does need to be reminded to eat and sleep and sing and rest after doing a lot of magic and go for walks sometimes and change the room's color scheme and all the tapestries when he's been stuck on a research problem for weeks but most people need reminders to do that stuff, when they're in the middle of something unprecedented and important. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. You would think this would be obvious but it seems like the Heralds back in Haven were much worse at it. 

- also it was plausibly good for Vanyel to be very distracted by something unprecedented and important? Leareth has suspected in the past that Vanyel does best when his full attention is occupied. Ideally by something he finds enjoyable and intrinsically rewarding, but Vanyel has always liked doing magic research, that would've been a much better fit for him than setting lots of enemy soldiers on fire which was his main role in the last war.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lots of people are like that. - also the emissaries from the Noldor found Valdemar very ugly, distractingly so, and that seems like the kind of thing that'd affect Vanyel very negatively.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. 

Everything in Valinor is shockingly beautiful by human standards. That seems like it might be a species difference, in aesthetics generally and in how hard people weight beauty versus other things? It could also be that the Quendi had thousands of years in paradise, with lots of time and space to focus on beauty because they weren't scrabbling just to survive. Whatever the cause, that - probably was very good for Vanyel, actually. Music is good for him too and it's such a huge part of their lives over here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't even particularly think of music as important to him, for a Quendi, but you certainly can't just plan on doing without it until you're done with a war.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has gotten the impression that unless someone intervenes on his behalf, Vanyel will plan on doing without literally anything pleasant or enjoyable until he has dealt with his responsibilities in an emergency. He suspects this is to some extent a problem that the Heralds' culture has in general, even more than most humans. They are very self-sacrificing. Leareth isn't sure if that's part of the gods' intentions with making the Companions and the whole system, or if it just emerges by itself if you selectively grab a lot of people who are very motivated to help others even when it's very costly, and then have them mostly only spending time with each other. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well that's a terrible idea, especially if there are an infinite number of emergencies. Which seems kind of likely, they're two-for-two so far. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a pretty bad idea. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel gets back. "I got us lots of breakfast!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh excellent. Hmm, what are those, I don't think I've seen them before -"

Permalink Mark Unread

A lot of it is foods that he's only eaten in k'Treva Vale and misses, Vanyel quickly discovered he could make those appear. He can tell Maitimo the names of these nuts and those berries and this other fruit that has a weirdly breadlike texture. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he will try to have a lovely breakfast without moving any part of him in contact with Leareth at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wakes up to his surroundings enough to realize that this is pretty inconvenient for Maitimo, and shuffles away from him so he can eat his food in peace. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So the plan is to go back to Tol Eressëa, after which I'd really appreciate a Gate out to Vinyamar so I can check in with people there. I won't need more than a day or two."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can definitely do that. I do want to check in with back home again but not urgently. Randi's probably not going to need a Gate back for weeks at this rate, and if I'm using the Silmarils I can manage a few Gates a day, so that's not too much a limiting factor. What's in Vinyamar?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Our first city in Beleriand!" And more motivatingly Findekáno. "It's in good hands but I want to bring the news from Tol Eressëa and hear about how they're doing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds like a good idea. Hmm - do you have any way of communicating that isn't a Gate? I'm trying to think if there's anything I know and could set up." :If Leareth and I both had our magic we could just be on opposite sides of the ocean and use the standard communication spell: he adds privately. :I...doubt that'll be for a while, though: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think it shouldn't be for a while. It'll be good for him when he gets it back but that's - not a reason to rush, not while he's having really bad nightmares and flashbacks.

"Communication across the ocean would be really useful but I don't know how to wrangle it. If there are more people from Velgarth who want to come through we could station some there?"

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh, right, having nightmares and also powerful magic is - actually pretty bad, I don't know if I thought to warn you of that? I, um, have been known to occasionally set things near me on fire – not in years and years, don't worry! He probably has better control than I did, generally, but, er, might be better not to test that. Also he's a Mindspeaker and I doubt he wants to be projecting it at people in his sleep, that would give everyone a bad day: 

"Good idea, I'll ask about it when I next get in touch," he says out loud. "There've got to be mages who would be interested." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think checking in every few weeks should be more than enough in the interim, though. Maybe every week." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seems good." 

Once they're finished eating they can pack up and ride out? 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can! He'll sing, and point out landscape features and villages.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel comments a lot on how beautiful everything is, with great delight. He harmonizes along with songs when they're ones he knows well enough. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth tries to stay focused on their surroundings and the songs and commentary, and not have any other thoughts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then in the space of about a week they can make it back to Tol Eressëa, where Leareth can get Melody's help with the flashbacks and nightmares and maybe with sorting out and reordering his memories.

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody has a lot of experience with the nightmares and flashbacks part; she can't instantly fix it but she has a lot of tools and options for making it easier, and in particular she thinks they can make headway on improving his sleep, which will help with other things because being tired all time is not great. 

For the sorting and reordering... "Huh. Wow. Maitimo, want to have a look at this?"

Permalink Mark Unread

(Vanyel has discreetly taken himself elsewhere, he's had a lot more time to get used to Leareth's - current state - but hanging around while the person who's been his Mindhealer through some pretty harrowing experiences is instead seeing Leareth is too weird and uncomfortable, actually, in addition to the fact that it's pretty private and Leareth presumably doesn't want him there.)

Permalink Mark Unread

" - sure. What -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Tapestry! 

The unraveled part doesn't look very different, except that the threads jury-rigged across it are a tiny bit sturdier-looking, and slightly more of the folded-up sections are active again.

The half that had previously been cut-and-stitched-and-patched is... The best way to describe it is that all the artificially imposed stitching has been picked apart and it's all been splayed out in a chaotic three-dimensional formation, vast quantities of it that must have been previously layered or buried underneath new patches. There are a lot of very small sections of weave that aren't attached to anything else next to them. They're not completely detached; when Melody goes in closer, he'll be able to see that there are still threads from the deeper layer underneath, linking them to the non-memory portions of Leareth's mind.

They are all sorts of colours and patterns and many of them are VERY BRIGHT relative to the older, less damaged memories. In a few spots, it's obvious from the pattern that two segments belong next to each other. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow, that's a mess.

So the problem is - it's hard to linearize because there's so much - branching? Trying three different things from the same point?

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that's right. And - I can take a few shortcuts, by noticing similarities from this vantage point and using that to figure out how to arrange things, but we don't have cues about the order other than similarity and events weren't happening in a coherent causally-related order even at the time. Also - huh! What's this?" 

She goes in closer. It doesn't stand out that much from a distance, aside from being a bit duller and somehow flatter than the rest, but from a nearer vantage point, it's obvious that it isn't tapestry at all. It's...painted to look like it, but on a surface with a texture more like parchment or paper. It's very halfheartedly threaded to a different square of memory via the deeper layer. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - huh. Not experienced at all, you think? Inserted as - backfill?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seems right. Those ones at least should be pretty easy to scoop out from the rest and - I don't know, maybe just block off somewhere in a corner for a bit – sorry, Leareth, what we're talking about is..." She explains all of what she's seeing to him in detail, and her interpretations. 

"I'd rather not poke too much at the content of the memories today," she says. "They're going to feel very fresh and vivid and it'll be more stressful for you than I think it needs to be. My inclination for right now is actually to block off as much of the emotional-associations layer as I can, and leave it like that for a few days to a week so you can get caught up on sleep and be readier for this, and then come back to it. Doing that is going to hit all of your emotions to some extent, though, not just negative ones related to flashbacks - is that all right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you could cause me to have zero emotions at all for the next week that would be perfect," Leareth says wearily. "I am tired of them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does not having any emotions have any side effects we should look out for?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not even going to try for zero emotions, but at the extent of block I'm aiming for, hmm... He's not going to be inclined to do much. He'll likely need prompting to eat and drink, let alone get out of bed, but you should make sure he does anyway. He's - going to have a really hard time noticing what he wants or prefers in a situation, let alone articulating it. If you try to ask him to make a decision he's going to stare blankly at you about it. This will probably go smoothest if you can arrange for things to happen predictably and with minimal effort on his part. Er, if it seems to be causing problems more worrying than that, call me over and I can undo it some." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can work with that, I think." But he will have to reschedule visiting Vinyamar until Leareth is less vulnerable.

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. I'll get started – this is going to take a while."

Grab a bunch of cross-threads, tuck them around and under, knot them there so the pathway is blocked off. Repeat. She can hit mostly just threads coming from the scattered and too-bright squares of disconnected memory, but in order to do it in a reasonable length of time she has to be kind of messy. It won't be too hard to put it back the way it was, later, and then figure out something more precise. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth waits for her to be done. It's pretty noticeable that she's doing something to his mind, and more forcefully than before, it's giving him a lot more of the visual-distortion side effects. Also he feels weird, more and more numb and distant and like nothing is quite real, but right now he will take that over rattling around constantly between panic and bursting into tears. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He will hang out and keep Leareth company, maybe sing so he's less bored, check in on other things in Tol Eressëa, wish Melkor even deader.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo singing is - something. It's hard to tell what the something is because Leareth is mostly incapable of having emotions. It turns out that this also makes it hard to think. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can stop and see if the something that is not Maitimo singing has any better qualities?

Permalink Mark Unread

Meh. Hard to tell. Probably he is more bored now? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, then he'll sing, for his own sake.

 

I have been assuming, he says to Melody, that he is going to be a lot more reliant on people for the next fifty years or so and that it is appropriate to help him out as much as feasible? If there is actually some circumstance where that'd be counterproductive it'd be good to know.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Hmm. I think if he tells you to bugger off and leave him alone, probably do that? I reckon he's less likely than, er, other people I've known to tell you to do that when actually he still needs a lot of help. It might be good eventually to encourage him to be independent in more ways, just so he can feel more like himself, but - six months or a year from now, not now. Also, wow, I am still trying to get used to the thing where Quendi think fifty years isn't that long. It's a very long time for humans. Maybe less so for Leareth in particular, I guess: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's the time period during which Quendi make most of their progress. I guess it might go faster for humans. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I certainly hope so! I mean, I guess I wouldn't put it past Leareth in particular to still be making progress decades from now, I do not get the sense he tends to - decide something is good enough and stop trying: She stands up. "I'm all done. Leareth, you doing all right over there?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry, that's probably a hard question. Does it seem tolerable to feel this way for a week?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll see you in a week then." :Tell me if anything is worrying you, all right?: She heads out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He orders them some dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth right now is very bad at continuing to do any task, even eating, even if it's right in front of him. He keeps staring into space instead or seeming to half fall asleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he can remind him to take every single bite, if necessary. 

And he probably is really tired, he usually is after Melody does things and this time he was tired going in.

So after dinner he can go to sleep, if he doesn't object.

Permalink Mark Unread

No objections and he will sleep for about fourteen hours straight if Maitimo doesn't bother him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo is not going to bother him. He probably needs it, and he can get Vanyel settled back in and check on how everyone else did in his absence.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel wants to know how Leareth is doing but also feels like it might be rude or something asking about him behind his back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can let you know when he's up and you can go say hi?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, that sounds good." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Want to learn another song -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Always!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wakes up feeling less tired in some sense but still pretty foggy. Probably he should eventually move or something but that seems hard. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He alerts Vanyel of this so he can go in and talk to Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel goes in. Gamely tries to talk to Leareth for a few minutes. 

:...Maitimo, did Melody do one of those blocks that interferes with emotions?: he checks after a while. :He's really out of it:

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. She said he would be but it'll be easier to process the emotions in a week.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm. I might just read a book to him or something, then – I've had that kind of block before and the worst part is being kind of bored all the time but not motivated enough to do anything. Are there any books in the library you would recommend - or recommend that I definitely avoid - or should I just grab something at random? I don't read that well in Quenya yet but this'll be good practice: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, that's a great idea! I can get you a reasonably engaging history that doesn't have anything awful in it.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sounds good. I wanted to learn more in depth about your history anyway, now that there's time:

Vanyel is very slow at reading in Quenya but Leareth doesn't care. He gets better with practice.

A while later it occurs to Vanyel that he should make sure Leareth eats and drinks something and is reminded that going to the bathroom is something humans need to do sometimes. Then he'll read some more until he starts to worry about running out of voice. He wants to save some for singing later. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well between the two of them and the fifteen hundred Noldor Maitimo commands here they can probably keep Leareth entertained and reminded to eat and drink until the block can be removed, and Vanyel can save his voice for singing in the evenings.

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody comes back a week later. 

"Hey, Leareth, it's good to see you. You look much better rested. I'm going to get everything off first and then we can talk and decide what if anything to put back. Sounds good?" 

(Sure, seems fine.) 

:Anything notable in the last week?: she asks Maitimo while she gets started. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's been pretty out of it but Vanyel seemed to think it was normal for the kind of block you did. We read him books, sang to him. Bathed him. 

Maitimo did not wash Leareth's hair but when the block is off he will ask Leareth whether he ought to if similar circumstances arise again.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, that's pretty normal: Melody slows down before unhooking the last few knotted-aside threads. "Doing all right there?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can manage." He's in a nice quiet familiar room and starting out calm, this is fine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good, good." She finishes undoing everything. Asks Leareth's permission to show Maitimo the tapestry again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. You do not need to ask me every single time, either." Actually, can Maitimo bounce it to him as well using osanwë? Leareth would normally be able to share it directly with Melody but even if she's a strong enough Mindspeaker to get a link to him at all with his Gifts blocked, she won't be able to do images with it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can absolutely bounce everything Melody is showing him to Leareth with osanwë, he hadn't realized they couldn't share it directly under the circumstances. Now Leareth can look at his tapestry-brain.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's kind of alarming, but in an abstract way that's easier to cope with. And, yes, it definitely does look like whatever happened to the central section, he did it himself. "I have no idea how I unraveled it that thoroughly," he admits.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Neither do I! It might not've happened all at once - if you just damaged it enough to realize something was wrong every time you woke up from having your memory wiped, it could've been cumulative. Anyway. This is showing up as a bit less bright than it was a week ago, and all the linkages underneath are quieter, that should mean it's less overwhelming to poke at and try to sort out this mess. We still won't want to do much at a time. Anyway. Is there a particular place you want to start?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would like to find all the attempts Melkor made to manipulate me into doing magic against the Noldor," Leareth says. "Ideally put them in order although I understand that might be hard. I wish to understand the mistakes I made there. Also I would prefer to do this without constantly ending up in the torture parts by accident because they are way less interesting than my emotions think they are."

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody bursts out laughing. Then looks mortified. "I am so sorry! I promise I'm not laughing at you, just - that sure is a way to put it. It's hard for me to tell what's what just by looking now, but if I get a few examples I can maybe start to distinguish. Any examples of the kind of memory you do want to look at, that you've found so far?"

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can bring to mind the one where Melkor is giving an inspiring lying-liar speech about Eru. 

Permalink Mark Unread

THE CREATOR OF THIS WORLD IS CALLED ERU ILUVATAR BY THE ELVES. THE VALAR AND MAIAR ARE THE AGENTS TO WHOM HE DELEGATED ITS CREATION. THE ELVES BELIEVE THAT ERU'S VISION FOR THE WORLD WAS THAT IT WAS PERFECT LIKE THEIR PARADISE, WITHOUT HARDSHIP OR LOSS OR TRAGEDY. 

THIS IS NOT WHAT ERU ENVISIONED. ERU ENVISIONED A GRAND WAR OF GOOD AGAINST EVIL, IN EVERY STEP OF WHICH GOOD WOULD LOSE FOR AS LONG AS IT WAS POSSIBLE. HE ENVISIONED HEROES GROUND DOWN BY ENDLESS DEFEATS THAT MAGNIFIED THEIR FLAWS AND DESTROYED THEIR GOOD QUALITIES, UNTIL AT LAST THEY WOULD CHOOSE THEIR OWN DESTRUCTION RATHER THAN CONTINUE. NO ELVES SURVIVE OUTSIDE VALINOR, IN ERU'S PLAN. NO ORCS SURVIVE AT ALL. ERU LIKES BEAUTIFUL STORIES, AND ERU THINKS THAT THE MOST BEAUTIFUL STORIES ARE THE STORIES OF HOW PEOPLE ARE UTTERLY DESTROYED BY WHAT SHOULD HAVE BEEN THEIR GREATEST STRENGTHS.

I AM NOT THE ENEMY OF THE PEOPLES OF ARDA EXCEPT INCIDENTALLY. I AM THE ENEMY OF THEIR GOD. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

The emotions linked to this memory are not the worst ones to be found in the giant mass of retrieved memories, but he was very tense and scared and - and at the end, walking up to Melkor, admitting defeat, expecting to die–

–he is not going to panic about it, that will not help with anything, but it would really help in that aim if Maitimo could come stand near him and maybe hug him (he makes that part public). 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes of course. Hug. He was very brave and it makes sense that he was scared and he was right, he got it right.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth, hey, it's all right - you're here, you're safe, right? You don't need to go through the rest of it, I found which one it was – I can have a look for similar ones?" :Maitimo, when did hugs start happening? I do not recall having the sense that he was a cuddly person: 

Permalink Mark Unread

If she notices that he is weirdly defensive about this that would be very bad. He's good at body language and presumably the amulet covers everything she's getting off her gifts?

We never made non-incidental physical contact before he was captured. Now it seems to help. I'm confused too, I was advised to be very careful not to touch them. But it seems to help. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh. It really does seem to help, he calmed right down. I'm not sure either. It might be you-specific:

(Melody is a receptive Empath, which the amulet does not block, and she can tell Maitimo is kind of upset about something even if he is shockingly good at hiding any other sign of it, but she doesn't need to know and has no intention of prodding, he isn't her patient.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he can hold onto Leareth for the process of finding similar memories. He relaxes somewhat once she doesn't ask questions.

 

There are a lot of similar memories, actually. Melkor tried a speech to Leareth four hundred sixteen times.

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody isn't even going to try going into them individually yet, then. She tries to line them up in very rough order of similarity based on the pattern she can see from the outside, and very loosely links them together like that.

Just doing around a hundred of them takes several hours, though. "I think that's enough for today," she says when she finally finishes. "I'm going to do a much lighter version of the block from before - not on these ones that we sorted at all, but on the rest - and if you can't get any sleep from nightmares, someone should come get me and I'll do it stronger again." 

That part only takes another five minutes. "All right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Having his memories sorted through is exhausting and emotions are exhausting and Leareth can barely keep his eyes open. "Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. I'll get you if we need anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome." :And thank you for looking out for him. You're doing a lot more work than me, honestly: She leaves. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth should probably...say something...but actually he is most of the way to falling asleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are a couple conversations they should have stacking up at this point but he's going to wait until a better time for them, such as when Leareth is lucid and has preferences. 

"Good night."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sleep. 

His dreams are not pleasant but he only has one nightmare that wakes him fully, and the familiar surroundings with the skylight and stars make it easier to settle back down.

Leareth sleeps for a full eight hours in total, but he went to sleep a lot earlier than Vanyel and is now offset from him, it's the middle of their usual 'night'. Probably he shouldn't make a habit of doing that. He gets up and puts on clothes and pads out to see if anyone's around. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo, who sleeps every other time Vanyel does and for half as long, is up in the adjacent building with his door open, working on duty rotations and writing some letters.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth goes in. "Are you busy?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There is a lot of me and not all of it is busy. How're you doing -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits down. "Better, I think?" He does not expect it to last, something is inevitably going to catch him off guard and make him panic or cry or both at once, but for the moment, this is the closest to fine he's felt so far. "It was restful to be less emotional for a while but I am glad that I can think better now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's good to - see you doing things again."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am glad." Leareth glances around. "...I am somewhat restless and I am not sure what to do, now that it seems I can do things at all. I thought about going through more of the memories but, on reflection, I think I can swallow a limited amount of that per day and will probably be too upset to do anything afterward, so should time it accordingly."

This is frustrating, it's going to take forever to get through four hundred and sixteen speeches if he can only do one a day, but...not an emergency, he reminds himself. He leaves that thought public to Maitimo out of habit, even though he seems much more able to say actual words with his actual mouth today. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, we've got lots of time. There were a couple things I wanted to talk with you about, if it's a good time?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Echo of memory: I think it gets easier with time, and we have time... No, nonono, that was not real, he kind of even knew it at the time, that wasn't Maitimo and Leareth is going to shove it away in a corner where he can maybe think about later or possibly never. (He probably has to think about it eventually, it's not going to go away, but not now.)

"All right," he says. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Vanyel asked me whether Melody had done an emotional block on you, after he talked to you. I told him, because I expected if I had asked you when you were in a having-opinions-about-things mood you'd have been fine with it, but it occurred to me that I should ask you if there are any cases where I should actually ask you first or where my expectations might be wrong."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not bothered that you told him." Leareth has to think harder if there are any cases where it would bother him. "...It is probably not going to be helpful to - hide from him how damaged I am, in general. Is it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think so. - mind, it's absolutely what I'd do, in your position, if I could. But I think it will be a waste of energy you could instead spend on actually recovering. He'll have some feelings about you being a person with vulnerabilities and emotions, and he'll get over it. And he had useful suggestions about the emotions block because Melody's done them for him, too."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. "So - I think the only circumstances where I would not wish to share something with him, if it were my decision, are – ones where it would be disproportionately upsetting to him given his own experiences, relative to how much it helped me for him to know. However, I...imagine there will be other times in the future where I am not able to meaningfully decide that and would need to trust your judgement on the matter. Do you think you know Vanyel well enough to guess when something would be particularly painful for him to hear?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmm. I get the sense that I'm missing a fair bit of specific history?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I think it is not actually my story to tell." Vanyel is someone who probably cares quite a lot about his privacy here. "The specifics are - quite different from what happened to me, and so it seems unlikely to come up."

(Vanyel probably had feelings about the situation with Finwë and Miriel, if that ever came up. Leareth keeps that thought private.) 

"Were there other things?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - yeah. I - don't know how to approach this one, it's not very urgent but it's frustratingly hard to talk about. ...Melody commented on my holding you and it made me aware that I was afraid that.... I'm making a lot of medical decisions on your behalf, and also you're -" handwave - "formally our prisoner, right now, and also I'm - washing your hair, and bathing you and holding you at night and doing other things that among my people are characteristic of a - close personal relationship - and I do not mind any of this, I'm fine with all of this, I haven't actually noticed any of these features of the situation getting in the way of any of the other ones, but Melody commented and I thought - oh, if she knew, she'd be very worried, and it seemed like maybe there was something worth talking about there."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. 

Leareth starts trying to say something and then gives up and just leaves his thoughts public again. He hadn't thought about it! None of the individual things bother him either! Aside from the fact that he is now noticing there's kind of a pattern here and - maybe he's asking a lot of Maitimo actually, that is a lot of support things for one person to be doing, it seems maybe even unfair but - it's not like there are that many other people he could ask for this kind of help. Maybe he could ask Nayoki to come across from Velgarth, but she's very competently running a research team in his absence and he's loathe to grab any of his best people from the organization when he's not there and won't be for the foreseeable future, and also this would be an even weirder shifting-of-roles for her than it is for Vanyel, probably.

The part where he's formally their prisoner doesn't seem that interesting, Leareth is sure that Maitimo distrusts him exactly the amount he distrusts himself, and that is correct, it's actively helpful at this point that he can offload some of the paranoia about whether and how Melkor compromised him so that he can - focus on doing things at all. 

He remembers a fragment that he's pretty sure is real, Maitimo walking in while he lay in the rubble of Angband, looking at him, gesturing for someone to knock him unconscious. It was clearly the correct thing to do. If anything he feels safer, knowing that happened. 

...He's worried that Maitimo wouldn't be able to notice if this were an unfair position to put him in, because the entire person he is, is so shaped around being what other people need.

That is a lot of not very coherent thoughts! About a subject he had not considered until now and has no idea how to think about either! Mostly Leareth is grateful that Maitimo is around and willing to spend kind of an absurd amount of time helping him even though he has a lot of other important responsibilities. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - okay. I ...think that as long as you are comfortable with everything then that's actually the only important thing here? Please don't grab people out of your organization in Velgarth on my account, I didn't mean to be asking you to do that. I'm fine. I have not done this specific sort of thing before but I did run the war effort and I added a sewer system to Tirion and I can notice if I am overtaxing myself or not delegating enough or anything. I guess it would be specifically nice if someone else were available to do your hair but if you don't particularly feel I need to go to Lórien about it I can manage that too and I think it'd be worse to ask Vanyel."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hopefully I can manage my own hair now that I am less - impaired. I am sorry it bothered you?" Probably it would have bothered him just as much to ignore it and let it get ratty again. The Quendi hair thing is so confusing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - it made a lot of sense for me to do it but the culture gap or species gap or whatever is quite notable?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I was trying to remember that before all of this happened, but I suppose for the last month I have mostly not been able to track that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I don't know enough about humans to try to come up with any good analogies for you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth considers saying 'you could ask Vanyel', and then decides that would probably be an unbearably awkward conversation for both of them, so he leaves the thought public but doesn't say anything out loud.

"Thank you for asking about the bigger pattern," he says. "You caused me to notice it properly. This is...mostly not a way that I have been close with people, before?" Probably he has ever, but if so it's not a fact about his past lives that he took particular effort to memorize. "I am not used to...to needing this, and it is very strange." He could claim he doesn't need it, it's just helpful, but – no, he kind of does, for some reason, it's very confusing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - of course." It seems like it must have been very hard to do all the things he was trying to do without any close allies whatsoever. It is - hard to imagine the pain of having every person you trusted repeatedly murdered for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's had allies. There are a lot of people at his current organization who are competent and who know what his plan is and agree with it and are helping get all the parts of it lined up. He just doesn't - have the kind of emotions about them that would make it hurt, really hurt, if something happened to that person in particular this time around. Vanyel is probably one of the people in Velgarth he felt most - attached to, that way, before the accidental Gate out. And he would have killed Vanyel if he judged it was necessary. He would have hated it, but - he's done that kind of thing before. 

- it's terrifying, actually, how much it feels like something happening to either Maitimo or Vanyel right now would rip apart everything he's slowly starting to rebuild. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, not much can happen to Maitimo - not nothing, but not much, compared to how people in Velgarth die - and he will take good care of Vanyel too. 

 

The memory was real. From when we found you. I checked with Vanyel about whether he could do the compulsions yet and he was too tired, so. People can resist the sleep songs.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it was appropriately cautious and paranoid on your part." His lips tug in a bitter half-smile. "Melkor had trouble getting that part of you right, I think? That you can care, and be - coldly ruthless, at the same time. The fakes were generally missing one of those." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There is a saying that evil cannot comprehend good. I don't have any good guesses about whether it's true, and if so whether it's true specifically here where evil supposedly comes from Melkor or everywhere. But it seems true that - doing the right thing is harder than the thing Melkor does, and more complicated, and has more parts, and is in more tension with itself."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. "That sounds right, I think." He frowns. "What else happened in the first few weeks after I was rescued, before I decided this was real and started keeping records? It is more in order but it is all very vague." Shrug. "Also I failed to keep any notes during the last week when I had the emotions-block, but I doubt that anything very interesting happened." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Last week at Vanyel's suggestion we read you a lot of books and sang you a lot of songs. The first few weeks you ate, if we reminded you, and drank, if we reminded you. The recommendation was to be very diligent about not doing anything that suggested things were about to start happening. I talked to you a little bit every few days. I told you where you were and who was on duty feeding you and so forth, and that I'd hear your thoughts if you sent them to me."

 

When they'd been planning what to do with him Vanyel had mentioned he could use the compulsion to suppress Leareth's thought-shielding. It'd give them a bit of warning if Leareth was planning anything but it sounded like the worst thing imaginable to have happen while you believed you were a prisoner of Melkor, and anyway many other things would've had to go wrong for Leareth to be planning anything more sophisticated than a sympathetic story about what'd happened. Maitimo is - grateful for his thought-protecting amulet, it ended up being very useful, and doesn't know what Leareth was thinking when first rescued, and is glad of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh no why is he crying again–

Leareth is aware that at some point he needs to start forming an actual model about his emotions instead of being righteously confused at them. He's - very grateful that Maitimo was both willing to be ruthlessly cautious and also to take into account which things would have been awful and terrifying for him, and to weight that as well. He agrees they were taking a lot of precautions already, it wasn't stupid of them not to - if they'd had fewer other options then maybe they should have done it, but it was reasonable not to in this case, and he's relieved it came out that way. And that it wasn't by luck, it's because there were other people trying to do the right thing and being clever about it when he couldn't.  

(Leareth was not planning a sympathetic story about what happened because he had no idea what happened, and still doesn't, the memory's got to be in there but he hasn't wandered his way to it by accident yet.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Yeah, Maitimo was being mindful of situations where Leareth had switched sides out of self-interest, maybe stalled some, and was now going to switch back for the same reason but he considered it unlikely even at the time and it now seems very flagrantly inapplicable.)

Hug?

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

(He's so glad that's not what happened.)

Permalink Mark Unread

So is he. Leareth would have said that couldn't have happened, not with him being who he is, but - he doesn't know that, actually, and he doesn't know whether he can still meaningfully be the same person now that he was before. There's a lot of...information, necessary to what Leareth was, that he kept together across thousands of years and then destroyed on purpose. So that it couldn't be used against – not him, he must not have thought he would ever make it out of Angband at that point, but against his allies and their goals, the part that he was actually fighting for. 

He can put something back together again. Probably. It's going to have to rely a lot on what Maitimo and Vanyel and other people who he knew before think a Leareth is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Actually the plan is to go find other worlds with better magic and find something that can get him all of his memories from all of his lives back, if it can't be done with Arda magic, which his father is murmuring about, and then he will have two thousand years of being Leareth to work off and he'll do just fine. Maitimo feels very strongly about this and - complicated thing swept back out of shared thoughts - about getting any say over how Leareth should be shaped.

Permalink Mark Unread

That does seem a lot better, if it's an option. He hadn't known they were thinking about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

His father is pretty sure he could do it for a local soul; he is less sure how to do it for a soul from another world but not entirely sure he can't - "which usually means he can, eventually." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can't help but smile. Fëanáro is brilliant and very good at what he does and it - means a lot, that he's still willing to aim that at something for helping Leareth in particular. It'd be easier to understand for Vanyel, who helped them actually win the war. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- you keep having errors in the same direction, on that -

Permalink Mark Unread

On what? Leareth is not sure he follows. 

Permalink Mark Unread

On being surprised by the amount our people care about you and are invested in you being okay. - I'm not upset. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. That...does seem like a pattern, another one where he's failed to properly fit together the pieces of it because thinking on timescales longer than five minutes is still hard. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. You saved us. You got Vanyel. Plenty of credit to go around.

Permalink Mark Unread

"A great many people had to work very hard and be very clever and brave for the war to be won." He knows that. From the outside it's clear that he played a very significant role in the early war. So why is it so hard to feel like he was one of those people, instead of...just someone useless who needed rescuing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Presumably some of his feelings that are inappropriate to the situation are Enemy action and some are just general intense reactivity but this one he would guess would be that most of Leareth's plans don't work if he isn't making them work so he hasn't trained a lot of warm feelings about being a small part of a greater whole?

Permalink Mark Unread

No. Honestly, many of his plans on Velgarth don't work even if he is putting all he can into making them. Lots of kinds of plans can work, just - big ones, the kind that shift the arc of history, almost never do, and if Leareth gets taken out of the picture then generally all of that momentum trails off into something random instead. 

–Maybe not anymore. The momentum imparted by contact with Arda seems likely to be decidedly non-random. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. Maitimo likes for his effects on things to be decidedly non-random. 

 

If there are records back in Velgarth that can be used for checking whether a Leareth has reformulated himself correctly, that seems important. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are! Well, he isn't sure if there are written records of the - part he destroyed, so much, because that wasn't exactly a memory, it was more a...deep feeling of what was important? He thinks it was linked to some memories but of course he doesn't know what they were.

The records he can actually get are of the events that happened and the actions he took, which is still better than nothing – right now it feels like the formless mass of five years of Angband memories is about ninety percent of everything, and that is very not true, and maybe it would help it feel less true if he could actually make a timeline of the years before it.

Leareth doesn't remember exact instructions on how to get his records, but there must be someone who knows or can figure it out – he can ask Nayoki, well, Maitimo can ask Vanyel to pass a message to someone who can ask Nayoki and probably eventually that will get him some crates of records that can be Gated back here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I will do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." Leareth is quiet for a while. Not thinking very many thoughts, just - trying to absorb whatever feeling it is he's having about Fëanáro working to get his memories back. 

"Did you end up visiting Beleriand?" he says eventually. He remembers that being a plan and could easily have missed it during the week of being incapable of doing things. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not yet. While you were so out of it seemed like a bad time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would not have minded you going." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, you wouldn't have minded anything, which means - extra responsibility to be looking out for you and not vacationing. My work in Beleriand isn't urgent, in any event, I'd rather do it when I don't think anything here is affected by my absence."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose that is fair enough." 

There's a thought that's trying to drift up, it's mostly not in words yet but it feels important to drag up into the light so that he can convey it. 

"...I am glad I came to Arda?" he says finally. "Even with - everything that happened - I am glad that my Gate landed me here, and that - I could nudge your history onto a different and better path. I am not sure what would have happened otherwise but I think it would have been very bad."

He closes his eyes. "And...I am glad that we met. There is a great deal of future ahead," even if he can't really think about it yet, "and - that is worth what Melkor did to me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am glad you came too. We will make it worth it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know." 

He's quiet again for a while. 

"I think I will go for a walk," he says finally. "And then perhaps see if Vanyel is awake." He needs some things to do with himself in between whatever stretches of time he can handle looking at the memories - doing nothing will mean he gets bored and then ends up drifting into memories anyway

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good! You're safe near the cliffs, right?" They are not cliffs one could reasonably fall off accidentally.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see no reason why that would be a problem but if you would prefer I go with an escort I could do that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's probably good for you to be able to do things independently. Do call if you run into any problems, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right, I will." Leareth heads out, first to find some food, then to go walk around outside. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tol Eressëa is lit to Quendi standards but not human ones, which means it's mostly very hard to see more than a few feet away. There are beautiful stone paths connecting a few hundred stone buildings, many of them with lit windows. There are Quendi sweeping, doing construction, singing. There are cliffs, and near the cliffs one can hear the roar of the ocean below.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth keeps instinctively attempting to make a mage-light and then obviously this doesn't work and it gives him a jolt of alarm every time even though it's not surprising. He walks carefully and stays well away from the cliffs, but he eventually finds a place to sit and listen to the ocean. 

It's very peaceful. Not one of his Angband memories contains anything close to 'sitting by cliffs under the stars, listening to the waves'. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Once Leareth is doing a little bit better he is going to ask Vanyel for that Gate to Beleriand.

Permalink Mark Unread

By the end of that week it seems clear that Leareth is doing a little better. He keeps copious records of what he does during the day, spends time every morning reviewing the previous day. A couple of days after the first session with Melody he asks about seeing her again, it's easier to go through the memories when she's there. She gets another hundred of the speeches lined up, it goes a lot faster this time, and then helps him go through a few. (It is honestly very repetitive, which makes it annoying that the emotions attached to each run are just as strong and he needs lots of hugs and singing from Maitimo to get through it at all.) 

He has a couple of especially bad nightmares that have him waking up in a panic, and a few other times that something random in his surroundings sets it off, and there are still far too many things that result in tears but at least he can start to map out why.

He spends a lot of time walking around under the stars. 

Vanyel gets a message out to Velgarth about the records; the answer he gets back at the time is yes they can find something, but it's going to take a while. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is it an all right time for me to go visit Beleriand for a day?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, of course. ...I assume Vanyel is going to do the Gate for you, but is he accompanying you or staying here? It is fine with me if he goes but I would want to arrange something very distracting for the day." Vanyel is the only other person he is even slightly comfortable asking to come sing to him if he starts panicking about something stupid. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, he's staying."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Yes, you can go whenever you wish then." He'll ask Vanyel if he wants to go for a walk around the city or something. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And he will ask for his Gate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel can do the Gate! It's not even especially hard. He's gotten very good at efficient Gates. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Off he goes.

 

Vinyamar is beautiful and coming along very nicely. He walks through the streets, talks to people, marvels at things. Relays updates from Valinor and from Tol Eressëa. 


Looks in his head for Findekáno.

Permalink Mark Unread

Building a dock. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He has had weeks to compose this in his head but still feels oddly tongue-tied. Pauses a moment. 

 

Hey. Can we talk? I - want to apologize and I need some advice.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hits a piece of wood with a hammer. 

I didn't realize you were on this side of the ocean.

Permalink Mark Unread

Just for a day. I asked Vanyel to Gate me. If I didn't have to ask I'd have come - sooner, I think, though not as soon as I should have. One of the things I want to apologize for.

Permalink Mark Unread

What else?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I'm sorry that I put you in a position of - choosing whether to defend me to your family when we both knew I was not going to defend you to mine.  I'm sorry about the dynamic where the worse my father behaves the more definitively I side with him because the more I feel like will be lost if he decides he can't rely on me. I'm sorry that I - kept assuring you, not quite out loud in words I don't think but certainly in lots of other ways, that it wasn't that bad, it felt like it might be a self-fulfilling prophecy and I could pretend hard enough that it was fine that it would be but I think, in hindsight, it was very very bad, and should by rights have gotten much worse, and relying on - my general level of apparent concern would actually have made you and other people more wrong about that. I'm sorry that when Leareth arrived I gave you the barest shadow of a clue about what was going on, I had very good reasons but I always have very good reasons and I don't expect it to do very much good to sift through the reasons by goodness. It must've hurt. I'm sorry that - I keep trying to pull away as soon as I think I'm strong enough to function without you. You wouldn't do it to me and I don't - believe the thing I'd need to believe, to stop having the impulse, to stop believing deep down that someday there'll be no choice, but it's an awful thing about me, I know that, and I'm scared all the time that some day you'll take me at face value about it and leave, only I know I could just go and talk to you, and that's not fair either, right, that I can always just go and talk to you, that it's less than half the time you can talk to me even though you're usually right and I can always, always, go and talk to you. - I visited Lórien and I thought about it and I'm sorry for that too, that wasn't fair, and I don't know if it makes it better or worse that thinking about it just left me more sure that I can't, not until we have no choice, maybe not even then - I'm sorry for trying to run away and I'm sorry I keep coming back, it's pathetic, I know that, you'd have the courage of your convictions, if you ever did this -

Permalink Mark Unread

How long did you work on that -

Permalink Mark Unread

Couple of weeks.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I have a place up the quarry hill. He sends a picture. I can come by when I'm done.

Permalink Mark Unread

- okay. Thank you. I -

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think you should quit while you're ahead and stop talking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel needs an hour or so to sit down after the Gate, but he can still talk and sing to Leareth during that time, and then they can go walk around outside, stopping to sit down anytime Leareth seems tired, getting food. They talk about mostly inconsequential things. Honestly Vanyel is used to that, after years of dream conversations trying to stay on neutral topics. It's for a different reason this time but still. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I tried to explain it to him but it didn't work at all and I - don't want to try further. Unless you think that's horrible. I don't - want to scare him and a lot of things scare him right now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmhmm. You want to tell him you're attracted to him so he'll - what, stop feeling comfortable with you touching his hair?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess so? If he would feel that way with more information - but I'm not even sure he would, he might just be confused -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I feel like it's entirely reasonable to just not bring it up and revisit in a couple of decades."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- can you not tell -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're not joking but you disagree with the version of you in my head, you don't do that much!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, maybe if you stayed in touch, the version of me in your head would -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I said I'm sorry!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You did! The number of times that a Fëanorian ever apologized for anything doubled overnight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Findekáno -"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - look. He is scared and confused and leaning on you to figure out who he is and you would like the person who he is to sleep with you. That's genuinely kind of difficult! But I don't think you can accidentally hurt him, with it. Do you think you're going to give him bad advice without noticing, too self-interested to guess what's good for him -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"And do you think you're going to - hurt him on purpose, figure out the best thing for him to do and then decide to tell him something else -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then it seems like you will just have a lot of work to do, sorting out what he needs, and you will have some extra feelings about this, which are not negatively affecting him, and you don't actually need to run around in circles figuring out how to make him aware of this when it's likely to scare him and when your preferences for how he act on it are "don't worry about it"."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - okay. If you're sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think there is some chance it blows up in your face in some fashion, honestly, but it's one of those rare situations where there's actually a very good reason to have a conversation in a couple of decades instead of now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmhmm. - thanks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. 

 

- why's he hot?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, see, normally he's very reserved? Not in the sense of not talking but in the sense of not investing, holding back most of him - you know how my father is, where absolutely everything is a personal verdict on him? The exact opposite of that. When he wants things it's surprising, mostly he needs various inputs to get various outputs and doesn't bother paying closer attention than that. I thought when I met him that he seemed very lonely and I think he is actually lonelier than that. I think on some level he stops noticing that things would be nice, if he doesn't have a way to get them without distracting from the rest of his priorities. Probably if he'd gotten a month's rest at any point before Angband he could have gone through and noticed which things he was deprioritizing weren't unachievable any longer and then gone and gotten them? But I don't know if he would have, either, what would that have done except made him happy...if you're trying to make the most beautiful glass it won't hold water, right, because if you're trying to make something perfect along one dimension it'll end up having the most startling traits along all the other ones..."

Findekáno runs a hand through his hair. He shivers, twitches, reaches out to grab his boyfriend's arm in self-defense. If they have a wrestling match he will lose but he can buy a few minutes to finish the thought, except now he's forgotten it. "Do you want me to explain this or not?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're just very cute when you're talking about people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay but what was I saying -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you try to make the most beautiful glass it won't hold water. I think I understood where you were going with that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think he tried to make the person most capable of ending the reign of misery in his world. And what a thing to try! And I don't have any idea what he wants aside from that, because he mostly doesn't, but I think he might want this, if he knew what it was like.

I missed you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has a reasonably good day, and Vanyel sits with him and sings him to sleep. And then goes and sleeps in the chair in the adjacent library just in case. 

This is good because it means that when Leareth wakes up panting and whimpering from a nightmare, it wakes Vanyel as well, who is right there and can run over and - Leareth doesn't seem to want to be touched, he pulls away noticeably enough that Vanyel backs off and instead sits in the chair beside his bed. 

"I'm sorry," he says. "Nightmares are really bad - I know what it's like, trust me. If you want to talk about it...?" 

(It seems like no.) 

"I never do either. I can try to sing that calming song - doesn't work as well but I think I got it working at all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, that would help – oh right, Vanyel can't osanwë-read public thoughts, his Gift works the usual way for Velgarth and he's way too ethical to even try to read Leareth's thoughts anyway. "Yes," Leareth can manage to say out loud. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Vanyel will sing to help him calm down a bit, and then sing the sleep song, and then sit there and keep singing because he's wide awake anyway at this point and maybe it'll help Leareth sleep better for the rest of the night. 

In the 'morning' he raises a Gate for Maitimo to come back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He comes back. He looks notably happier. "Is everything here okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fine? I'm short on sleep because Leareth had a bit of a rough night, so I'm going to take a nap after this. Leareth is fine right now, I think, he's eating breakfast and doing that thing where he reads all of his notes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." He'll stop in briefly to let Leareth know he's back and then pass on messages from Vinyamar to their recipients here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is very glad he’s back and hopes it was a productive trip, and he doesn’t need anything right now but he’s wondering if Melody could come by again later.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was productive! - And I'll ask her."

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody can definitely come over but she’d prefer to do it at the end of her workday so she doesn’t have to trundle all the way back again and see more patients.

Permalink Mark Unread

He passes this along to Leareth and arranges to also stop by Leareth's at the end of the day.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth spends most of that day writing things down - not about the last few weeks, but about the snippets of memories he's managed to pin down enough that he can think about them.

He talks to Vanyel for a bit. Takes a nap. Is sitting in his room waiting when Melody and Maitimo arrive. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey. I am to pass on the gratitude of everyone in Vinyamar."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...That is very kind of them?" Leareth is confused and he knows he shouldn't be, this is - the error he keeps making in the same direction, that Maitimo brought up earlier. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"When you're up for it maybe we can all go visit together, they're doing some really neat stuff with it and it has the Silmarils so it's much nicer to walk around in."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would like that, I think. Probably not immediately, I am - somewhat easily overwhelmed, currently, and I think that having a panic attack in the middle of a strange city would be unpleasant and awkward." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I'm sure it'll be even nicer in a couple of months or years."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ready?" Melody says, gently. "Also, I just wanted to say: Leareth, you're doing really well. I know this is - not the kind of problem you're used to having to solve, and I imagine that's fairly frustrating, but so far you've noticeably made progress every time I come here. You have a lot of tools to bring to bear, and I know it's still very hard, but – I'm quite hopeful about how much better off you'll be a year from now. All right, now that I've said that, are you ready to look at some more memories?" 

She waits for his agreement and then pulls up the tapestry, shares it with Maitimo who can bounce it on to Leareth.

"...Huh, this one's different," she says after a while. "Leareth, is it all right if we go in and have a look? I'm pretty sure it's not torture, but if I'm wrong or if it's otherwise too distressing, please let us know and we'll distract you and do something else." 

Permalink Mark Unread

If Maitimo will come preemptively hold him then sure, that's fine, he can look at the memory.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo will do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

...and he's in a stone room. Magic doesn't work but his receptive Othersenses do. 

There's a Vala. 

Leareth, says the Vala. I apologize for kidnapping you. In my defense, I think it's what you would have done. 

I think you're on the wrong side of this war. I understand you will have every reason to disbelieve me about this; I wouldn't expect any less of you. But your friends are safely on their way from Nolofinwë's camp to the Dwarf city, unimpeded; I tried to permit you the magic I was sure enough was sensory; and all I'm asking, right now, is that you hear me out.

Permalink Mark Unread

- oh, that's well done. He can think of only the barest places where he'd tweak it.

Permalink Mark Unread

(It feels very vivid and very real and Leareth is sort of, barely, aware that it isn't and that he's somewhere else, somewhere safe, but – mostly he's back in the stone room, and is feeling everything he did at the time, the desperate confusion and helplessness and his mind racing ahead for any remaining path to victory.) 

I noticed you; I noticed you'd come from another world; I decided the second thing was easily a hundred times more important and went off to check out all the worlds that I could find. I didn't return to Valinor until I saw the gate and realized you were leaving it. There are easily ten thousand people dead who wouldn't be if I'd spoken with you first, and perhaps more importantly I think it's going to be far more difficult for us to trust each other. But, I have to try. 

(A variant on the speech about Eru) 

And I - I'm skipping ahead here, but this is important - I want you to help me kill the other gods, of my world and of yours. You are not of any use to me without all of your magic, and without the ability to go wherever you please and talk to anyone you like. You will not have to act on any of this until you have the freedom to verify all of it. I'm telling you more than I can prove, right now, but once we can trust each other we will figure out how I can prove it.

Permalink Mark Unread

- hold very still. 

 

It was suddenly less mysterious how he'd driven the Noldor to the brink of war.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth remembers thinking that if Melkor had found other worlds they had as good as lost already. 

He remembers thinking that everything in the entire conversation could be a lie. 

He remembers noticing that Melkor was acknowledging this, and - offering to try to address it. Thinking that he has almost no bargaining power, here, but - maybe he has some - and maybe the path of good faith is at least worth trying, that would be better, right, if he could manage it...? 

They talk about oaths. 

They negotiate terms. 

...

"Leareth, I swear to you that I will not harm, or arrange for my servants to harm, your friends Vanyel and Yfandes, or the Prince Nelyafinwë of the Noldor, for as long as you have not returned to open war against me, or otherwise unambiguously acted to repudiate this attempted alliance."

Permalink Mark Unread

- that is funny but surely not actually the concession that gets Leareth to agree to this -

Permalink Mark Unread

It is totally the concession that gets Leareth to agree to exactly one Gate with exactly eighty orcs going through to Valinor!

Their orders are to settle peacefully there unless provoked and Leareth confirms this with some mindreading. He thinks that this is not going to turn the entire war and it's a pretty fair-sized ask in exchange for the oath, and Melkor agrees that afterward he'll swear that he'll leave Fëanáro alone as well, and - and at that point even if Leareth is wrong that Melkor is the kind of being who can be cooperated with, which Leareth isn't sure he isn't because he didn't do nearly enough of his own research and fact-checking before this happened - but even then, that team of people can maybe still win the war even if Melkor has a Leareth. And if Melkor can be reasoned and cooperated with then maybe there's an option here that isn't total war. 

–and he knows that this is all a gamble and he could be missing something huge but he's taken gambles like that before, over and over and over, and "eighty orcs" isn't a big one, and–

–and he does it, and then Melkor swears not to harm Fëanáro either, and then there's a discontinuity and he's back in the room with Maitimo, gasping, sobbing, completely and utterly certain that Maitimo is going to be furious about this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- still being careful not to move. He's not - sure what to say, actually, they usually don't talk through memories while Leareth is having a panic attack about it but -

"We can nail that one down to a date, then," he says calmly. "It'd been three months, outside. Two years for Melkor, if the time compression was consistent -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo is calm about it and that gives Leareth some impetus to focus on here-and-now, and taking slow deep breaths until he feels calmer as well. He has panic attacks frequently and they're very inconvenient and so he's practiced getting them to go away a lot.

Talking is still too hard so he thinks half-coherently at Maitimo. He obviously made a mistake but it seems like the shape of the mistake was 'believing he could trust any of his reasoning while in Angband' and that - seems hard to have averted, except by having done whatever it is he did to himself right away, and realistically there is no possible world where that happened. He still isn't sure what could have convinced him to do it at all. It was so important to him, before, being - who he used to be - and maintaining that across the centuries, and - something he made a vow to do - and if he'd been a person who could have set that aside easily, well, he wouldn't have ever come to Arda at all because he would have died eighteen hundred years ago.  

So maybe it is just the entirety of what a Leareth is that was the problem, here. 

(Also, if he'd done it right away it would have meant two entire extra years of being tortured, and even if that would have been correct and better he is still cringing away from the thought of it.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth, are you all right? I think we should take a break now and possibly be done for the day." :Maitimo, is he talking to you? I'm not reading him with Thoughtsensing so I can't really tell anything from here except that he's very upset and feeling terrible about himself: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's talking to me. I think we might want to talk this one through for the rest of the day, yeah. 

 

 

And to Leareth: maybe if we'd told you more about Angband - but no, he could've erased that.

I'm not sure anyone could have reasonably done better.

Permalink Mark Unread

:All right. I'm going to grab some food and I'll stay nearby for the next hour or so and then check in with you before I head back to my room: She's staying in the middle of the island, equidistant between where Leareth is and where the other rescued prisoners are staying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel and I were in Lórien, when you sent them. But a force of that size couldn't possibly have threatened us. We thought - maybe some kind of complicated Gate trap that'd hit Vanyel if he tried to take it down - 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't remember having cast any kind of trap like that, and probably he would've needed to? He supposes it's possible that Melkor could have interfered with his Gate in some way and then altered his senses so he didn't notice. Also he doesn't trust his memory very far even now that Lórien has supposedly put everything back. 

He isn't sure what Melkor's strategic objectives were either. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know. Denying us transit in and out of Valinor, maybe. But too late, if that was his aim - we'd already reached Lórien. If we hadn't - it might've been decisive, given Vanyel's injuries.

I think this couldn't possibly have been much of what he wanted.

Permalink Mark Unread

He might have been thinking the same thing Leareth was at the time - that this was just an initial step, that they would build further from here. 

...It seems like he should have been able to do it, though. Leareth isn't sure what happened to stop that. It doesn't seem very in character for Melkor to have made a mistake. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. Very in character to make a mistake, really, but not in character to let you remember it. 'm wondering now how many people in Tirion are wandering around with holes they don't realize are there...

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a good and frightening point. 

...Leareth is having a lot of feelings and most of them are ones he can't name. He's confused, as well - the oath that Melkor gave him (which must have been faked, there have to be ways he could've done that even if the magic part alone weren't possible to imitate, he could've taken an oath for something trivial or just added 'for the next hour' to the end of the sentence and blocked Leareth from hearing it). Anyway, it does seem like it'd be a strong offer of good faith if it weren't a lie, but it's confusing that it's what convinced him, after presumably repeated failed attempts with slight iterations, instead of some other strategic concession. 

Certainly now he feels like if he lost Maitimo or Vanyel then everything else would crumble - a flicker of noticing that maybe this is bad, maybe that's an unfair thing to ask of them - but he can't see why that would have been his highest priority then. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I wondered that too. I’m touched, but - 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Does Maitimo think it was a mistake he was making, there? Leareth doesn't have his head around what kind of mistake it would be but that doesn't mean there wasn't one. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don’t know? If you could be sure of the oath I suppose I’d expect you to ask he swear - that he didn’t believe that with full information you would consider it a bad deal? That he’d help you with Velgarth? I’m not sure. I guess if you’d delayed him from going after Van that’s have been good.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's hard to remember exactly what he was thinking at the time even now that he has the memory back, but... Maybe that Melkor swearing an oath to help with Velgarth seems too big in exchange for one Gate, it seems plausibly like something that would make him more suspicious rather than less. He won't know until he's finished sorting through four hundred speeches one by one, but - Melkor was the one setting the terms, he suggested the oath, it seems plausible he tried a lot of other things and this was the one that resulted in the least suspicion. 

...Also Leareth remembers feeling very helpless and very tired even in that conversation, despite his subjective sense that it had been only hours since his capture. It's possible that after two years of actually being in Angband, he was - not thinking at his best. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That would make a lot of sense.

Presumably Leareth is already aware of this, but - I’m not angry. We knew it happened, if not how exactly.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's aware and then there's being able to really believe it, and even though Leareth knows better it keeps feeling like surely Maitimo is secretly angry, actually. He feels apologetic about this because it seems sort of rude to refuse to believe Maitimo on what he's outright saying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems possible you have a lot of fake memories in which I am angry. And I don’t think you should train the habit of being embarrassed to disagree with me or disbelieve me? Even if short-term I’m pretty likely to be right.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not trying to train that habit but – sure, fine, it seems like it could happen by accident. It's just that it's so hard and terrifying to trust himself on anything, even small things.

Also he clearly needs to have a dig into all the fake memories that aren't attempts to convince him, at some point, if they're determining so many of his emotions right now. That sounds miserable but probably it's important. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably. He is annoyed at the character assassination inherent in 'angry at Leareth', though this is a wildly stupid thing to be annoyed about. Probably lots of people would be angry at Leareth. In the event there'd been anything to be angry at Leareth for he'd be happily using that for concessions, making it obvious to Leareth that he was trying to shield him from other people's frustration - this is a stupid line of thought.  He can't understand what Melkor means to accomplish with those fake memories anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Possibly it was just supposed to be unpleasant. Though from the memories Leareth has managed to wander into by accident – mostly not specifically of Maitimo being angry with him, but Vanyel being angry, and - unpleasant to him in other ways - was a common theme – it was hard even at the time for him to be convinced and he mostly drifted through it in a state of indifference to whether it was real or not mixed with minor relief that he was not at this exact moment literally being tortured. 

...Plausibly Melkor finds it amusing to make it harder for people to trust those close to him even in the event that they're rescued. Though, Leareth would have said he wasn't as close to Maitimo before. Maybe that's why he went more with Vanyel for that. And Leareth has noticed that he finds it weirdly stressful being around Vanyel, even now, even when he's glad of it in other ways.

(Also, it's a lot easier to do an impression of Vanyel being very sad, and apparently this was upsetting even when Leareth was drifting through it suspecting it wasn't real.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

But when would you have been rescued under conditions where Melkor still had anything to gain from - I guess he also didn't have anything to gain from the torture. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems possible Melkor just intrinsically prefers things to be bad on every dimension." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess that might be how you would expect an evil god to work. - why do we even have an evil god."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Melkor blamed Eru for - everything, I suppose - but, well.” Shrug. “I do feel as though your world would look different if Eru shared my values.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems kind of likely. I figured he was - constrained, somehow. He sent another god, for the war against Melkor, so that the other Valar would win."

Permalink Mark Unread

“So that is true! Melkor said it to me. I was not sure and did not get around to checking afterward.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Tulkas. His interpretation isn't - impossible? But if there's another god we have to kill too, that doesn't change that we definitely had to kill Melkor."

Permalink Mark Unread

No. That much seems very, very clear.

Leareth shifts in Maitimo’s arms, finds a more comfortable position to lean back against his shoulder. “I...have a guess. About why Melkor swearing to leave you and Vanyel alone worked, at least in the four hundredth and something’th version.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"From what I can tell, on every other version of this memory, I was - ready to die. Not certain that I would - I hoped that I would be imprisoned for a time and then you and Vanyel would win the war and I would be rescued. But willingly choosing it as a greater likelihood. And...in all of them I was giving up control, or thought I was. I suppose I never had control in the first place, looking back." 

He closes his eyes. "I think that...went against everything, for me. And I think I could only bring myself to do it because I was holding you and Vanyel as specific examples of others who would take on my mission if I were not there any longer. Standing in for many others who must exist, of course, in all the worlds, but...still. I was placing a great deal of emotional weight there." He lets out his breath. "Perhaps an unfair amount. Neither of you were around to have any say in whether I would feel much closer to you after all of it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" Obviously I will support you in...trying to undo it...if that feels like a step towards being a person you have confidence in. But I don't mind, it seems straightforwardly to my advantage on the whole -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I do not mind. It is making things much easier right now, and..." There's something he wants to say but isn't at all sure he has the words for, yet. "I think I was not wrong to trust you that far? I think that you will...do what is needed, never giving up, even if you would not choose all of the exact same methods that I would." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think you were wrong."

Permalink Mark Unread

"In my world, I spent - a very long time, learning not to trust others in that way. I still think that was necessary and appropriate, there, but...if things are different here, now, then maybe I ought to test whether trusting people works better. And I am not sure I would have been able to run that test easily, without - any of what happened. I suppose that was another kind of habit, that I had spent thousands of years training." 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"I feel like maybe it is inappropriate to opine on whether you ought to try being closer to people? It seems like a part of settling your head I shouldn't be very involved in, I think. But - that sounds very lonely. I - hope the experiment comes out that you ought to trust people sometimes."

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense, but gods, who else is he supposed to talk to? Vanyel is even worse. ...He supposes he could bring it up with Melody, she's the closest thing here to a neutral party, she wasn't even in Arda when any of this happened. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not that I mind, it's never that I mind. It's - not wanting you to wonder later if you wanted to give me that much of your head. I guess it might still be a more comfortable position for future changes than this is. - I bet Melody'd have good advice."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I think right now I need it very badly? And - maybe that will be different later and I will feel more able to step back and decide, and I am not sure what I would decide then, but...I would be glad to have seen both sides."

And now he is very tired, he's been up all day doing things and seeing Melody is always tiring and his eyelids are very heavy. "...Maitimo, can you - stay a little while? Only until I fall asleep," he knows Maitimo has a lot of work to do, "but, it is easier if you are here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course."

 

He has memorized how to hold Leareth in bed so he doesn't startle him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth drifts asleep in his arms, a few half-coherent public thoughts floating up, the gist of which are that he feels warm and safe and this is very nice and Maitimo is a good friend. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is but it's taking a lot of self-control. 

 

He gets up, when Leareth is asleep. Gets some work done. Contemplates and discards a dozen different schemes to get Findekáno transferred here. Checks whether Vanyel is up and if so whether he should be fetched something to eat.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is up and takes a while to notice that Maitimo is there; he has a lot of big pieces of paper splayed out around him

He turns. "Oh! Did I lose track of time? ...I'm trying to figure out if we can make a permanent Gate here. My aunt found some documentation on them while I was away and I also found some in the Tower, she was stuck on a power source but I figure now that it's peacetime we could throw Curufinwë at making some very big artifact for it instead of needing the Silmarils..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I bet he'd be delighted."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good. I'll ask my aunt tomorrow, then, I probably need her help but maybe she could arrange some time to visit. How's Leareth doing?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, I think. He ran across the memory of making the Gate to Lórien. Melkor was pretty convincing. - I could've done better on the first try, I think, but for a Vala. Usually they have no social skills at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel shivers. "I'm really, really glad he's dead." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yep. I'm so grateful we had you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You wouldn't've had me if not for Leareth," Vanyel says, half on rote, he must've said something like it fifty times every time someone tries to thank him. (Yfandes has been teasing him about this and says it's because he can't take praise and Valdemar had better get a move on sending some Bards out here to commemorate the war with songs and embarrass him.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know it. What a team you make."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel ducks his head. "Anyway, it must be late? I guess I should sleep." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did you get dinner? Wilincë's making a breaded shrimp thing based on something someone made them in Velgarth."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I must’ve forgot. That sounds really good, I should go get some.” He yawns, shoves his paper into a heap. Smiles tiredly. “Thank you for reminding me.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Never met anyone who could remember to eat when they were doing interesting research."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe not." Vanyel gets up, heads out to grab some food. 

The next morning he asks Maitimo if there's anything he wants to pass on to Velgarth or ask them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can send an update on where we're at for all the cultural exchange programs."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, Vanyel can relay that through to Savil for him, who can pass it on to Dara; Vanyel's explains that she's the King's Own and as such is covering a lot of Randi's work in his absence. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I'm sure we have created a lot more for her to do, too. I would apologize but I think your King's work here is very important. If most of our people have heard of humans only as terrifyingly powerful mages it'll complicate relations. It is good we can meet your King, and Shavri, too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I completely agree. So does Randi, or he wouldn't be doing it." Vanyel smiles, tiredly again. "I hope they stay a little once they get back here. I really missed both of them - it'd been eighteen months since I saw them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have known a couple of Kings and there is nothing they prized more than close friends from before they were Kings."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's been good for Randi, yes. We had some, er, awkwardness right before I left for Urtho's Tower, but we'd mostly resolved it." His lips tug into a smile. "Part of it's that, well, I came out clearly in the right here. I was arguing that we ought to give Leareth more benefit of the doubt." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I for one am very glad you did."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Me too."

And Vanyel can pass some updates on, and get some updates in return on who wants to visit Arda. There are Healers who are interested in helping out in Endorë if that's still needed? Also they'd like to send some Bards to write songs about the war and bring them back to Valdemar. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's incredibly important! They should absolutely send Bards to write songs about the war for Valdemar. The Quendi have songs too but mostly in the Quendi languages.

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil has heard a lot about how musical Quendi are, and even heard some of it directly from the diplomatic visitors before, though she's not as musical for Vanyel so it's hard to judge. 

Once they're done exchanging news, she wants to talk privately with Vanyel for a bit. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He thanks her and ducks out.

Permalink Mark Unread

About three minutes later, Vanyel bolts out of the room in tears. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- his first instinct is to alert everyone of an unknown problem. Then he alerts everyone except Leareth who can't help and shouldn't be panicked. Then - Vanyel?

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel has dived into the nearest unoccupied office to hide. :What:

Permalink Mark Unread

Is whatever's horribly wrong something I should have guards mobilized or your King fetched about.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh gods no it's fine - I'm so sorry I didn't realize it would look like that–:

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you want me there?

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I could maybe use a hug. I, just - this was the worst time and way to find out that I lost track of the Velgarth calendar and now I'm going to be stupidly sad all day and not get anything done and I'm sorry: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He comes in and hugs him. - anniversary of something important?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Technically two days ago was. Of the day my lifebonded partner got killed. And by 'got killed' I mean 'exploded himself in a very large fireball'. I am much less of a mess about it now but I'm clearly still - I'm sorry: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eru. I'm so sorry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:There are mitigating circumstances to the fireball part but, um, they aren't actually going to make the overall situation sound better: Probably they will instead make it sound ten times more worrying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- I cannot really imagine it much mitigated, no.

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's been eighteen years - that's more than half my life - and I miss him and it hurts every time I think about it, I want him to not be dead and I...can't have that...: 

Maybe he will avoid getting into the part where it's sort of vaguely arguably Leareth's fault.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm so sorry. 

 

 

There are a lot of worlds out there. We aren't going to stop looking until we find one that can bring back the dead of your world.

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I'm sorry, that probably should make me feel better but it's not really helping right now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. There is one tragedy on that scale in my peoples' history and we will undo it some day, I expect, but that won't fix the three thousand years of pain it caused.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm sorry: Vanyel seems to relax slightly, though, hearing it. :Anyway, it's fine, it's not an emergency, I have dealt with this every single year, just, I'm going to be sad is all: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Would you like everybody to sing?

Permalink Mark Unread

:What, all day?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Seven days is actually traditional.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh. Wow, that's... I think I don't want to spend the next seven days being reminded of this but if everyone did want to sing today that would be - really nice, actually. I usually light a candle for it: He leans back against the wall. :And then a lot more. Sovvan is coincidentally also the day where a lot of people remember people they've known who died. Shavri lights ones for all her patients, I think she's over a hundred now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Just today sounds good. 

 

He pauses. 

 

The Quendi all start singing. Vanyel might not be able to catch all the words but it's obvious just from the sounds that it's a hauntingly sad song. Maitimo sings very quietly. 

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very beautiful and he can get at least some of the words. Vanyel stops making any effort to be less sad. He can try to be less sad on every other day of the year but this one is different. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sometimes you should be sad about sad things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel wonders what Leareth, who speaks better Quenya than he does, is going to think of all the singing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you want me to explain?

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Sure, actually. He knows a lot of background on this, just presumably has even less idea what time of year it is in Velgarth than I did. And then he'll understand if I don't end up going by today: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel learned just now that he lost track of time and it was just Sovvan, he tells Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. That would explain the singing, I suppose, Leareth leaves out in public thoughts. That is - kind of your people, to help him mark the day like this. I hope he finds it meaningful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Do you know much about what happened?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I know most of it at this point, yes. To an extent it was my fault. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I assume you don't just mean that you could've finished your god a few centuries ago.

Permalink Mark Unread

No. I - had various plans in motion, including some underhanded ones – I was hoping to pre-emptively reduce the number of Herald-Mages in Valdemar so that a war would be short and involve fewer civilian casualties. One of these involved supplying a very dubious foreign mage. He later decided to take on a job for one Valdemaran family that was feuding with another neighbouring family – I suppose he might have done it anyway but he was surely more likely to do so because I had made Valdemar salient. Some violence ensued, then more. It eventually led to Vanyel's lifebonded deciding, while under great duress, to Final Strike most of the landholding in question. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I see. 

 

I think maybe humans are too young for it to be a good idea for them to have the option of suicide by enormous fireball.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perhaps. ...He was seventeen. To the Quendi that must seem little more than an infant. I think humans would be better off if this power were withheld until at least the age of forty. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I was several thousand years old before I stopped being an idiot all of the time and started being able to schedule it for unimportant times.

Permalink Mark Unread

I find that hard to imagine. Though I suspect humans grow up faster in some ways, of sheer necessity. Perhaps that will change, someday. I think longer childhoods would do my species good. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. If you think you'll be all right, today, I want to stay in case Vanyel needs me.

Permalink Mark Unread

I was going to suggest you do so. I will be all right. There are plenty of books to read. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he can order in food for himself and Vanyel at reasonable intervals, and sing, and hug Vanyel when it looks like it'll help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel isn't really in the mood to eat but he'll do it anyway with a bit of prodding. Hugs every so often help. The music helps even more. Honestly, the most helpful part is - everyone acting like this is a normal and proportionate and if anything restrained reaction to a death eighteen years ago. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, it is. 

The song is very long; it is after all meant to be sung seven days. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's weird, how this is one of the most...restful...technically-not-Sovvan that Vanyel has ever experienced. Nobody is expecting him to do anything or annoyed that he can't do things or having extra feelings about his feelings that he has to comfort them about. 

He does end up mentioning to Maitimo that for the several years before his journey to Urtho's Tower, due to the fact that Sovvan is also a major seasonal festival in Valdemar, he usually had to spend it in political meetings. This requires also explaining that King Randale, as part of the alliance they formed with Karse when they ended the war, is in a state marriage with Queen Karis of the neighbouring country and has a child with her. (Marriages and children are a not-uncommon way to resolve tensions between nations in his world, he explains.) This is awkward because of the part where Randi is lifebonded to Shavri, but Karis doesn't seem to mind at all, he suspects she's relieved that her marriage doesn't involve any of the, well, usual intimacies in such a relationship. It probably seems pretty weird and offensive to Quendi, though, given how their marriages work, and since Karis is presumably going to make it to visit Arda at some point, they should figure out how to present it. 

(Vanyel does not mention that he's actually the biological father of said child, or the very awkward evening together that making this happen required.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah that's super not how Quendi do things. The closest thing to lifebonds are marriages and you're not supposed to have two of them. Marriages are not categorically zero political - his grandfather the King of the Noldor married the King of the Vanyar's sister, once Maitimo's grandmother died, and that has had and has gone on having a lot of implications for the standing of the children of the two marriages, and there are other examples that probably aren't worth getting into, but you certainly wouldn't marry someone if you loved or were sort of married to someone else.

The Quendi have mostly understood so far that humans are different - humans can lifebond with people of the same sex, for one thing - but figuring out how to present it in advance is a very good idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. It's definitely going to be a bit complicated but they can think about it later. Maybe Randi will have suggestions when he's back from his tour around Valinor. 

It's a draining day and Vanyel is tired pretty early and heads off to bed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He uses the time when both Vanyel and Leareth are sleeping to do everything else that requires being physically present - going around to peoples' houses, meeting with them, bringing them presents, writing the few letters he doesn't want even Larya to see.

Permalink Mark Unread

The next month passes relatively uneventfully. 

Vanyel works on permanent Gate techniques. Tries out some prototypes, though he'll want to bring Savil in for the final version. Talks to Curufinwë about the most powerful incomplete-artifact they can make for it. Probably they can't power an inter-world Gate from anything but the Silmarils but a cross-ocean one might be doable. He designs a communication-spell artifact that is powered on both ends via Arda magic, activated with osanwë, and doesn't need a Velgarth mage at all, and one end of that can be dropped in Vinyamar. It's theoretically not secure, so they shouldn't use it for important state secrets, but it's peacetime and it's not like there are any other Velgarth mages wandering around to intercept it.

Leareth meets with Melody every few days, gradually nibbles away at the mess of un-ordered memories. Keeps a lot of notes. Things are still very up and down; sometimes he has a string of days in a row where he seems almost fine, a few times he spends all day curled up in bed because everything outside is too overwhelming, mostly it's somewhere in between. 

(Vanyel offers a couple of times to go through Urtho's journals with him. Leareth appreciates the offer greatly and he wants to at some point but - maybe after he's managed to better sort out which of his feelings about Vanyel are appropriate and which are the result of random unpleasant fake scenarios.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

A month later, King Randale and Shavri arrive back in Tol Eréssea with their escort. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's too bad they couldn't have seen Valinor when it was, well, lit, but their willingness to go around meeting people has done a lot of good for interplanetary relations. Maitimo hosts a dinner when they return. Do they want to see Vinyamar too?

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi does, yes! He thinks he should probably meet with the political leadership of the Dwarves, and - do the orcs have a head of state? He isn't sure what the situation is with that but it'd feel wrong to leave them out entirely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The orcs do not super have a head of state and have mostly scattered around the world in small tribes which will rapidly grow into big tribes. No one has great ideas for what to do about that but visiting them sounds like potentially a productive step. " - Van should go with you. They're not magically bound to be our enemies now, but -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can definitely go," Vanyel agrees. "It'd be nice to see over there, and - hmm, we can do the permanent Gate setup at the same time? Savil and I are just about ready, I can do a Gate and bring some people over." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, that'll be wonderful. Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." :Er, are we going to bring Leareth? I would assume not for all of it, but do you think he's ready to go on a trip and see Vinyamar?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well the easiest way to answer that is - Leareth, do you want to come along to see Vinyamar?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth considers it. He thinks he can manage it now, yes, and it might feel satisfying to be out and actually doing something even if that something is only touring a new city. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds like he'll come with us, he tells Vanyel.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm glad: Vanyel is a surprising amount of pleased about this. "I'll contact Savil tonight and figure out when she'd be ready for a Gate," he suggests. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll look forward to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil wants two days. She's going to bring over some Bards and Healers with her, and - is it all right if they invite some mages who are not technically from Valdemar? Her and Vanyel's friends Starwind and Moondance are Tayledras – a tribal people that live in the Pelagirs. Starwind had a bad head wound a few years back and they're hoping Lórien can do something about it, and the Tayledras know a lot of magic that isn't common in Valdemar, and also technically their Vale, k'Treva, has an alliance with Valdemar, and so it seems politically appropriate for them to meet the Noldor as well. 

Queen Karis is going to want to come at some point but probably not until Midwinter on the Velgarth calendar or later. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Noldor are delighted to meet peoples from the other nations of Velgarth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wonderful! Then they'll be ready to go in two days. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He sends Leareth memories of Vinyamar so he'll know what to expect, gets the delegations who want to go to Velgarth for cultural exchange together, and is ready to show them around two days later.

Permalink Mark Unread

On the Velgarth side they're all lined up and ready to go. They're doing the Gate outside from the larger Heralds' temple, because several Heralds want to come and bring their Companions. 

Savil is through first. She nods to Maitimo, smiles brightly. "It's wonderful to meet you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Likewise. We are so grateful to Valdemar and to Vanyel, and we're honored to have you all here."

Permalink Mark Unread

The next person to come through is a young - very young - man with bright red hair, which is kind of an unfortunate clash with his red tunic. He's trying to look everywhere at once. 

–He sees Vanyel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

Twenty seconds later they are still staring at each other. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- cute, and going to make some Quendi confused and distressed once they notice, which he thinks they mostly haven't. Are there other people around to greet so the two of them can get over themselves without other people catching on.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are! "I'm Herald Dara, King's Own to Randi. This is my Companion, Rolan. It's really lovely to meet you." Dara looks barely any older than the red-haired youngster but she speaks in a level, adult way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

All the humans except Leareth feel in a sense like tiny children but it's unfair to let that leak into relations with them, they're really doing very well with the ridiculous handicap. "It's lovely to meet you too! Vanyel was warning me how much work we must have left you with."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Oh, I mean, yes, it's been a pretty busy time, but - it's work I'm really excited and happy about, you know? And I've got lots of help, I left Herald Tantras in charge."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel has finally managed to tug himself free of staring at Stef like a goddamned idiot. :Sorry, Maitimo, I, just...: There is literally no good way to explain himself here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He will continue the conversation with Dara in the background. 

Do you two know each other?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes. He's my nephew's roommate at Bardic - well, I guess not anymore, looks like he's graduated. I, um, I haven't seen him in a few years and it - caught me off guard, is all: 

It is not really any less creepy for him to think that Stef at sixteen is absurdly attractive than Stef at fourteen, but it doesn't seem like his hindbrain is giving him much choice in the matter. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- all of the advice he could possibly think of is obviously wrong, which is a weird feeling - if he's assuming that humans are like Quendi his advice should be 'knock it off', which is wrong, and if he's assuming that they're not or that some people shouldn't be held to that his advice should be 'do whatever you'd like', which is also wrong, but that leaves him -

- this is such a confusing thing to be stuck on - what would his model of Findekáno say - come on, he always knows the answer to that -

Is he so distracting I should come up with an errand for you? Someone ought to show the Companions to the stables here, probably, and you haven't seen them in a while -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, please, that would be perfect:

Permalink Mark Unread

"Vanyel, could you show the Companions the stables here?" he asks when he's at a break in the conversation with Dara. "And Stef, I am going to have to insist you come to the concert tonight, we're singing our account of the war."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Um, sure, that's very kind of you." Stef shoots a wistful look at Vanyel's departing back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then Savil is pulling over two other people to greet him. "Starwind, Moondance, this is Prince Nelyafinwë of the Noldor." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are very pleased to meet you," one of them says. "I am Moondance k'Treva." He has waist-length white hair, some of which is braided but most of which is hanging down his back. 

He and the slightly older man next to him, who is silent and giving Maitimo a slightly lopsided smile, are holding hands. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is sincerely delighted to meet them! He can be sincerely delighted about meeting people all evening even if he is at the same time trying to figure out why he doesn't know what to tell Vanyel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

People are sincerely delighted to meet him right back all evening!

Moondance's partner Starwind is the one who wanted to go to Lórien, Savil explains, it might make sense to send them off with an escort rather than dragging them to Vinyamar now. Moondance is a powerful mage and if they trust him to do so, he could Gate to Vinyamar later and catch up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good! He can send a memory of Vinyamar so he knows where to go once they're done with Lórien.

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance is very grateful! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel seems to have recovered his composure enough that, when he arrives back for the Gate to Vinyamar with his bags packed, he lets Stef make small talk with him rather than avoiding him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Did you know," Stef is saying, "Jisa tried to convince me of six different plans to smuggle her through the Gate? She's madly jealous that I get to come see Arda and she doesn't." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is taking a drink and he nearly spits it out all over the floor. "What?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She's really annoyed that Melody got to go and she didn't, she said that's very unfair and she hates Terrill and he's a way worse teacher than Melody, and she bets Melody is really overworked and would secretly appreciate her help." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Melody," Vanyel says sourly, "would not secretly appreciate her help and in fact would instantly send her back to Haven, what was she thinking. She's twelve. I mean, maybe she can come at some point just as a holiday, once it's more definite that it's safe? Melody definitely does not want to relocate her here though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes to get Leareth for the Gate to Vinyamar.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is just finishing packing up all his notes. "Is it time to go? I am sorry I did not come to greet any of the visitors earlier, I was going to, but..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There'll be plenty of chance to talk to them, I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods and finishes packing and is ready to follow him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can rejoin everyone else for the Gate out to Vinyamar.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel manages to extract himself from the conversation with Stef, raises the Gate, and crosses immediately to wait for everyone else. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And everyone else can go through promptly. He sticks by Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sticks near him as well. He's gotten much closer to his previous baseline of usually not showing that much emotion externally, but he does leave open a public thought for Maitimo that this is kind of overwhelming and he wishes there were fewer people. 

Permalink Mark Unread

We can skip the concert and you can rest somewhere quiet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I would prefer that. Sorry. Maybe I could go for a little bit at the end. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Elf concerts usually last a week and people dip in and out as they have things to do, it's not rude. 

 

Vinyamar is very pretty, though its main draw for new residents is that unlike the entire rest of the world it is well lit. The Silmarils, spaced about the city and set to move around, give the impression of a sky with three Suns, though none of them are as bright as Velgarth's sun. Sometimes there is only one of them visible and the city gets as dim as a night with a full moon. It's never dark. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel thinks it's incredible. He takes Shavri and Randi around to see everything. (He does a lot of dodging Stef.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth agrees that it is very beautiful, and he can handle about twenty minutes of it at a time before wanting to hide in a quiet place for a few hours. (One thing he has gotten much better at in the last month, is predicting what will set off very strong emotions, which gives him a bit more warning for when he needs to escape a situation.)  

Permalink Mark Unread

He can ask someone nearby to use their house. Leareth can hang out in there where it's quiet and venture out when he wants.

 

Vanyel avoiding Stef is definitely the most convenient thing for him. Hopefully both of them will find the concert distracting.

Permalink Mark Unread

The concert is in fact distracting enough that Stef mostly forgets to try chasing Vanyel down! Quendi music is amazing and he wants all of it right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel eventually reaches out to Maitimo with Mindspeech. :I, um, realized I have no idea where I'm sleeping tonight: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you want a place where you can smuggle Stef or a place where you unambiguously did not do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Umm: Vanyel cannot tell if he's being teased right now except that it would seem out of character for Maitimo to tease him. :The latter, please: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We've got a block of guest rooms at the palace, two blocks from here. I can start showing people over there now.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That would be good, I think everyone's getting tired: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he will show everyone over to the guest rooms and explain how the plumbing works and wish them all a good night. Vanyel and Stef are in rooms on the opposite end of the block of guest rooms.

Permalink Mark Unread

Stef is suspicious that this is somehow on purpose but whatever. Probably Vanyel is not interested in him. Vanyel has never been interested in him and it's very unfair. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can arrange Stef some compensatory time the next day hanging out with his brother Macalaurë, who was singing in the concert and who is exceptionally good at singing even for a Quendi.

 

And he can head back to Leareth's in case he needs help sleeping.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is exhausted and also unendorsedly nervous about sleeping in a strange place. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can stay, and sing, and if you have a hard night you can beg off the morning pretty easily, it's mostly just meeting more of the Noldorin excess of princes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. I appreciate that." Yet again he feels like he is asking way too much. Maybe by tomorrow night this room won't feel as unfamiliar and it'll be fine to sleep in. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not actually sure there's anything you could ask that'd be too much."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't sure what to say to that, so he just smiles tiredly and lies down. (He misses his magic. Before he used to instinctively puts wards on any space he was sleeping in for the first time. But he's got his shield-talisman and Vanyel is nearby and this is peacetime, that's really all he can ask for.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

And he can hold him and sing him to sleep. 

 

Findekáno?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm?

Permalink Mark Unread

Can't make it tonight, I have work. - helping Leareth sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Important work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Uh, Vanyel likes a boy who came through with the delegation from Valdemar. He was very obvious about it but I don't think most people are equipped to notice. I thought about what to tell him but - I realized I had no idea, actually.

Permalink Mark Unread

Another person in his King's administration?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure how they're all set up formally? But not one of the heralds, a friend of Vanyel's nephew. With one of those singing gifts. They were staring at each other. I'm not - I don't have to say anything, right, Vanyel hasn't asked for advice, it just bothered me that I didn't have any idea what I'd say if he did. I think he could get away with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I wouldn't know enough about Valdemar to guess there. He could get away with it here, probably. People wouldn't be impressed, but - 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's an alien, he saved the world, he's our source of interdimensional transit, he could get away with murder. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. But I doubt the advice he needs is 'well, you could get away with murder so you could also probably get away with this'.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And the boy couldn't, necessarily. If later he decided he wanted to be known for - anything else. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- yeah. 

 

I'm still not coming up with advice.

Permalink Mark Unread

- leave Arda. Go live somewhere that's not like this. That's the advice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

Isn't it?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I guess so. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Unless you're going to change things.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know how to change things.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

You're usually more creative than that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

We could mind-control everyone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not that creative. Sigh. I don't think you're going to import a solution from the stars. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Whyever not, it worked for Melkor.

 

 

 

Sorry. 


That was - good advice. 


Good night.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good night.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel's sleep is troubled. Why is he thinking about Stef so much. This is dumb. Stef is half his age. He has children Stef's age. Every part of this is a bad idea, it doesn't usually take him nearly this much willpower to steer himself away from bad ideas even though he is, in fact, fairly lonely. (It's just that nobody is Tylendel and so it doesn't really help.) This shouldn't be any different. And yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth only wakes up once in the night, but the unfamiliar surroundings startle him and he reflexively reaches for mage-sight, tries to check shields and wards, and when this doesn't work he - doesn't really panic about it, there's no point, he just...curls up and holds very still and feels overwhelmingly helpless, 

Permalink Mark Unread

We're in Vinyamar. Visiting with the delegation from Valdemar.

Permalink Mark Unread

That helps but only a little. In this moment, Leareth wants his magic back so, so badly. He sort of suspects this isn't even about Melkor, or not entirely? For eighteen hundred years, every single time he's gone to sleep in an unfamiliar place, he's put up wards first.

He's been murdered in his sleep a few times, when he wasn't thorough enough. Not for a thousand years, though. He learned to be careful. 

The Velgarth gods aren't here, the Valar hate him but they're not going to send an indirect assassination plot, but - old habits don't fade quickly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel says he sometimes lights things on fire when he has nightmares. I guess if that seems like a good tradeoff we can talk to Melody. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe. Leareth isn't sure. He would have said he had better control than Vanyel, but it's been years, and he doesn't trust any part of himself anymore, maybe he will again someday but not yet.

...He wants Maitimo to hold him. It's not the same thing but it's the same shape of thing, sort of? Convincing the relevant part of his mind that nobody is going to murder him while he's sleeping, because they would have to get past Maitimo first. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. He climbs into bed and arranges himself in a known doesn't-scare-Leareth way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This gets Leareth through the rest of the night and he is reasonably well-rested in the morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is somewhat less well-rested but he'll manage. (Don't think about Stef definitely block that fantasy about Stef, he needs some kind of very enthralling distraction.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they can see the city and meet a lot more Elves, including his brother who is extraordinarily gifted at singing. It is the most distraction Arda can offer. 

 

He doesn't say anything to Vanyel. The conversation with Findekáno has left him tired and sad and not totally sure why. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow this is a lot of people. Vanyel is pretty good at making conversation with the excess of princes, coming off as eloquent and charismatic, but it's sort of clearly an act, for anyone who knows him well. He finds it exhausting.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara crosses paths with them a few times and hugs Vanyel exuberantly. She's trying to do the appropriate amount of mingling and she's having a wonderful time with it, it's sort of work but it's also a delightful adventure. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep they've had this disagreement in the past. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's on the 'this is definitely the best part of the job' side of this, of course, but he can probably sweep Vanyel off to look at a library and a sculpture garden after a couple of hours so Vanyel doesn't have to do too much talking to people. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The sculpture garden is really nice, and Vanyel can link up with Savil again there; she hates this kind of political meet-and-greet too, and is much worse at it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth spends a lot of the day hiding indoors, but makes it through almost an entire hour of people-meeting, and even drifts a ways away from Maitimo. He isn't really sure what anyone is going to want to say to him, but Vinyamar is feeling less like a completely strange place today. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quendi are so excited to meet all these humans! If the humans seem inclined to tolerate it they'll talk to them all day, and in the evening serve drinks and play music and fry lots of delicious foods and show off Quendi magic. It is much less powerful but it's fun.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara talks to so many people. She thinks this is wonderful, it's even better than Kata'shin'a'in – Vanyel, it's got music! she says to him repeatedly – and once the evening starts in earnest, she drags him around to watch the magic and gets him drinks. Dara is suspicious that Vanyel has not been having enough fun in recent months. Probably he will have more fun if she gets him a little drunk. 

...it would be tempting to see if this worked on Leareth too, who she is suspicious doesn't have enough fun as a general pattern in his life, but probably that's a bad idea.

Do Quendi dance? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quendi dance!

Permalink Mark Unread

Then clearly Vanyel needs to dance too. And have another drink. More dancing. 

She's really missed Vanyel, it turns out. She was so worried about him when he disappeared on her, and eventually hearing word from him did not make her appreciably less worried. Dara is so relieved he's all right.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is nice to see Dara again, and this is a bit like Kata'shin'a'in except minus a lot of the worst parts, like 'incessant heat' and 'everything being dusty'. (Vanyel is wondering if he's ever going to want to go home, and how drab it'll seem in comparison when he does.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Quendi are already conspiring to make Valdemar prettier so maybe it'll work out okay.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is having an incredibly good time, but the difficulty is that Dara can drink more than he can, apparently, and has not been paying attention to this fact. Eventually his head is spinning enough that he begs off and leaves her with what's-his-name, that nice Noldor man who's been showing them dances, and looks around hopefully for a secluded place to sit down for a minute. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's this under-construction balcony! The ground and the rails and so on are complete, it's just the artwork that's in-progress.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perfect. Vanyel wanders onto it, looks out at the stars.

At some point there are footsteps. He starts to turn around to apologize. "...Oh, it's just you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hiding from the crowd, huh?" Stef says cheerfully. "Their music is so lovely here. ...You must not've had much time for that before, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not so much, no." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Medren was really worried about you. Breda came and told us you were missing." Stef leans on the railing next to him. "Then we got word from you, war with an evil god in another world. Lots of the other Bards thought it was very romantic." He makes a disgusted sound. "Bet it wasn't. Bet it was miserable." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, yes." Vanyel turns to look at him. "I'm sort of surprised you get it so well. I mean, I'm glad I came? It would've gone so much worse otherwise, and...besides, this way I got to invite you here, once I'd helped win the war. I remember thinking how much you would love their music." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't realize you liked music so much." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey. I came to Medren's recitals, didn't I?" Vanyel stares off vaguely at the sky. "I've always loved music. I used to dream of being a Bard." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really?" Stef laughs. "Imagine that. Maybe you should do it now, then. No one's going to begrudge you a vacation. Write yourself some songs about your victory, that way you won't get some halfpenny minstrel doing it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I'll let you do that part." Vanyel's smile is soft, gentle. "Stef, did you know that even your laugh is like music?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

You have to be kidding me he can't be doing this by accident, is what Stef is thinking. It's been so goddamned hard to resist all evening, he's not used to - needing to put in so much self-control - and now Vanyel is looking at him like that and how is he supposed to–

Stef kisses him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel, stunned, lets it happen for about ten seconds before coming to his senses. It takes a hundred times more will than it should to twist his head away from the kiss, grab Stef's wrist and extract himself. "I - gods - I'm sorry, I shouldn't have..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What're you apologizing for?" Stef says, sounding hurt and offended. "Apparently I'm the one who should be sorry." And he runs away into the night. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I really hope no one saw that. Vanyel looks around helplessly and then sits down on the unfinished balcony. :Maitimo. Help: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- no one saw that but a lot of people heard it. His face looks shocked, disgusted, just on instinct, without it really connected to anything else - it's probably connected to something else - think about that later - 

- he heads out to see Vanyel.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is sitting on the floor of the balcony with his arms wrapped around his knees. :Oh, gods, I'm so sorry - did I cause a scene - I was such an idiot...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- you caused some amount of a scene. I - people probably won't bring it up. - you should go home. If you want to - I should've told you that a month ago but I don't want you to go home, I like having you here - but it's not a good place for that -

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't want to. Not until Leareth's better: Vanyel has not been under the impression that Leareth is feeling very ready to go back to Velgarth. :If you think I messed up enough that I have to leave, though...: Heavy sigh. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- no. No, we'll - I think people mostly won't bring it up. And you saved the world. You have a lot of credit here. But - but people won't be as generous to Stef, and a lot of people are starting from a lot of - really awful places, when it comes to this, and if you want to sleep with men you should do it back in Valdemar, and not here. I'm sorry. I don't - if I knew how to change it I would've done it a long time ago.

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's fine! I have gone multiple years without sleeping with anyone before and it's– it's fine. I was just being drunk and an idiot and I guess I must've been flirting by accident and apparently Stef took this as a cue to kiss me without asking: And he is not going to think about what the kiss was like, at all, possibly ever again. He puts his head down on his knees. :I'm so sorry. This is so humiliating. I thought I was being careful: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think you did anything wrong, he lies automatically, sitting down beside him. And Stef was stupid but - in a way that should matter a lot less than it did matter. I'm - sorry. I certainly don't think any less of you.

Permalink Mark Unread

:In hindsight it may have been a questionable decision to send him in particular, even though he is the most talented Bard of his generation. Probably the people they asked - weren't thinking of that. Someone must've told him not to flirt with the Noldor, but...: He hugs himself. :I'd consider whether he should just go home now, except it'd look like a punishment, and, I don't know...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I -

- I don't know if the Quendi who never lived under the Valar feel strongly about - maybe I can pull together some people who've been wanting to head over to Cuivienen anyway and -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm. Maybe: He was having such a nice evening, Vanyel thinks wistfully, why did it have to end terribly like this. :Stef won't want to go back, but he's also - not going to be willing to hide this. It's not as bad back home, but it's at all bad, he got into a lot of fights over it. His attitude toward it reminds me of, er, your father about Nolofinwë... Has he mellowed about that? I never hear him talk about it anymore. I guess they're not in each other's way these days: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I keep them off the same continent and it seems to work okay. If we ask Stef to accompany the people going to Cuivienen I hope it won't come across as a punishment because lots of people want to join that expedition, it's where the Quendi first started, we're really eager to meet the locals there. And - I'm guessing here, it might be even worse, we'd need you with them just in case, but they might not care.

I know at least some people didn't, before we came to Valinor.

Is he - going to get himself into a bad situation, trying to prove something to people -

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't know. Probably someone should talk to him. That person definitely, definitely cannot be me - I'm sorry, this is such a headache for you, I should've been more careful...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey, beats the time when my father threatened to murder his brother in front of everybody the day Leareth arrived. - it's okay. You didn't do anything wrong. I will ...check whether anyone is talking to Stef and figure out what to do if not.

 

And he can flip through peoples' eyes and ears trying to figure out - is anyone talking to Stef?

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'll ask Yfandes: Pause. :Dara grabbed him and dragged him back to her guest room. I assume he is getting some kind of lecture. She's very sensible so hopefully it'll be a good lecture: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She seems very sensible. - I'm sorry, Van. We owed you better than this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's not your fault. It's fine: Vanyel tips his head back, looks at the stars. :How's Leareth? Did he stay for any of the party?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

In short stretches, I think - he searches for Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has found a place that's less than a minute bolt from his room but also within view of a lot of the festivities. He's sitting next to a fountain, listening to the music.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. He's fine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's good: Another sigh. :I assume he has some very good reason why he sometimes avoids me, it's probably Melkor's fault, and - I'm not about to poke him about it or be sad at him, but it does kind of bother me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. I think it's probably Melkor's fault. But it'd bother me a lot too, and - I'm sure this is not how you imagined finally getting to meet each other in person with no wars on.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Not really, no. But...at least we're not at war. And we've got time. I mean, I know we've got some possible problems on the horizon, but - this is the first time in a decade that there aren't ten urgent competing priorities in front of me constantly:

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds exhausting. I'm glad you can have some time off.

Permalink Mark Unread

:It was so exhausting. It says a lot, you know, when even the war here was on average less exhausting than five years of peacetime in my world before it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think Quendi just couldn't function under the conditions that you endured in Valdemar. We'd die. So we - have everything built around people needing a lot more time for singing and sculpting and so forth than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

:During the war with Karse I was alone on the border for - years, really. Just me and Yfandes and a tent. Everything was ruins, the war had been going on for years already. Burnt-out forests, destroyed towns. Corpses. All my things were always filthy, I was cold all the time in winter – I had magic but I was always so, so tired. Got woken up by alarms on the wards multiple times every night. At one point I was the only strong mage on the entire Border for a year. I was fighting battles from a hundred miles away: 

He shrugs, helplessly. :Honestly, it almost did kill me. Multiple times. But I guess I'm stubborn: The Shadow-Lover even more so. :I kept feeling very pampered, here, and - like you didn't think you were doing anything special. Back home it's always felt like I needed...more...than most people. Here it never has: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds awful. I'm so sorry. I - hope it never happens again.

 

I don't think you need more than most people. I think you keep going when you're not getting what you need, more than most people.

Permalink Mark Unread

:My Companion says that’s definitely true. I guess it never felt like I had much choice? I spent so long trying to - to become the person Valdemar needed me to be, I guess. I think me at fifteen would barely recognize me now:

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. You're everything any world could possibly need you to be. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel smiles, sadly. Dabs at his eyes with his sleeve. :You just had to say that and make me all emotional. Anyway, I should go to bed. Maybe have some water first, I - had kind of a lot to drink: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- do humans not have the trick where you stop letting the alcohol affect your brain -

Permalink Mark Unread

:What? No. I mean, you can - sort of concentrate and snap out of it a bit, but not really: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Your gods did you very unjustly. He has someone bring them water. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel thanks him, drinks some. :I am really sorry about tonight. I'll ask Dara tomorrow how it, er, went: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I really think it's we who owe you an apology. Shrug. I can't get you one from everyone else, but.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm: Vanyel finishes his water, gets up. :Goodnight, Maitimo: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Good night.

 

And he goes back in and socializes and tries to do some damage control until Leareth is ready to sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has escaped back to his room, but is still awake, reading, doesn't seem to be in a huge rush to sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes in and - he can't ask Leareth for advice, he's not even sure he could've asked Leareth-before-all-this for advice, but he abruptly doesn't want to keep this face on. 

 

He goes over to the window and stares out of it and tries to figure out which face he is going to put on instead and settles for - sad, and tired. What he was with Vanyel.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth notices. Puts down his book. "Is something troubling you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- at the party. Stef kissed Vanyel and now everyone's upset. Vanyel's hard to get mad at because he's always apologizing so abjectly already -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Stef...? Right, the Bard. I - am sorry, that sounds very stressful. I cannot imagine Vanyel intended it to happen." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, he didn't. - though he wants Stef. Really really obviously. I'd think it was very cute, if there was a bit more of a cultural understanding that even forgetting the lifebonds humans are different. And people would get over it with Vanyel, right, but them getting over it wouldn't be very fun for Vanyel, probably, and Findekáno points out it'd be even worse for Stef, who's - if he were an Elf I'd say he looks forty."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds very difficult." Leareth sighs. "Vanyel suffered enough for - this fact about himself, that he did not choose and cannot change, in Velgarth. It is better with the Heralds, I think, they are very understanding. I had hoped he would not need encounter it again."

He frowns slightly. "Starwind and Moondance are lifebonded, I believe. Are people going to find that very scandalous? I doubt it will bother them but I am not sure anybody thought to warn them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The lifebonds - fit into a more familiar framework. It's like marriage, and if marriage were possible between two men then people'd consider that a very encouraging sign that it wasn't a horrible thing to do and was in fact intended."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Vanyel was lifebonded, before. To a man. Does that not transfer at all?" Leareth lets out his breath. "...I suppose it might instead run into the taboo around re-marriage. Though a very major reason humans lack that taboo is that death is - not reversible in the current order of things. It is often customary to wait, to grieve appropriately – I think it would be frowned up to remarry before a year had passed, in most cultures – but Vanyel has waited so, so long." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Quendi remarried, in the Outer Lands, before we knew that our dead were meant to be returned to us. I don't think people are going around with the considered opinion that Vanyel ought to be waiting until we resurrect his husband, in the fashion that they'd think that if it were a young woman, I think they're just - disgusted and uncareful about the details."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Many human cultures would react the same way. Your people are not unique in this reaction. But - I know you wish it were different, and I imagine you feel stuck in changing it. I am sorry." 

Permalink Mark Unread

For some reason this seems to make him even sadder but - "thank you. Should you sleep -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably." Leareth is wishing he could do more to be - comforting, helpful, to pay back how Maitimo has been gracious and reassuring every time he's been sad. But he doesn't know many ways to do this aside from helping somebody solve their problem, and...he's not in a very good position to solve problems, right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is making very fast progress on the most important problem in front of him, actually. Maitimo should've solved this thousands of years ago but he was selfish, and didn't want to take the first step, which would've been going to Lórien so no one could say he had a conflict of interest.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which is making Leareth feel several things, layered together messily, and all of it is nearly impossible to put into words. It feels wrong, jarringly so, that Maitimo should have been required to do that. Even if there's a very valid strategic argument for it. Even if - Leareth has made that same trade, arguably, and he's not even sure which selfish needs he traded away, because so much of it was such a very, very long time ago. 

...Maybe it's the framing around 'selfishness' that bothers him. He can tell that Maitimo thinks he - doesn't deserve this thing that's so precious to him, thinks he's making a morally wrong choice by wanting it, and – no, just no, that bounces off every part of how Leareth things about existing in a broken world and charting a set of actions that will someday make it less broken. It feels like it twists things, makes it impossible to coolly look at the tactical tradeoffs, if - being a human being who needs certain things to be happy is called 'selfishness' and selfishness is labelled bad.

Leareth wants a world to exist someday where everyone has room to be selfish, to seize and drink in all of the things that they, personally, want and need to flourish - he wants that the same way he wants food when he's hungry, it's not a different thing. People seeing morality as a different thing has always bothered him. 

Sometimes a person might have only enough coin to buy a fine garment or pay admission for a theatre production, not both, and have to choose what they want more. Or - maybe a better example is scrimping and saving their coin in the here-and-now, not buying any fine clothes or seeing any plays at all, to afford to give their children a better future. And Leareth makes that tradeoff all the time, the future is a bigger number and so it so often wins, and – sure, he's made a lot of sacrifices, but it's not because he doesn't deserve the things he sacrificed, that's - fake, backward, it's the wrong framing. And some things he wasn't willing to give up, because they would have - hollowed him out, left him without enough of himself to keep going, and it would have been a bad trade

Leareth doesn't know if it's actually a bad trade that Maitimo's been making. All he knows is that he has strong feelings on the matter, apparently. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

He should maybe think about a lot of that but the thing he's actually thinking is that he hadn't actually noticed things Leareth was unwilling to give up. Maybe just because one of the things Leareth most evidently was willing to give up was the one thing Maitimo absolutely never could, the being surrounded by people who love you - 

It calls to mind, quite strongly, the thing he said to Findekáno but he doesn't want to think about that where Leareth can hear him right now. Maybe in fifty years or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth shifts over and hugs Maitimo. Only realizing a few seconds later that this might be the first time he's initiated that, that his mind has jumped to 'hug' as something he can offer when Maitimo is sad, rather than just problem-solving it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's nice. He goes very still. 

 

He wants Leareth to someday get to stop saving for the future. It feels important.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is important. Unfortunately the world is very inconvenient sometimes.

...Leareth remembers how tired he felt, several lifetimes five years ago subjectively, though it's less than a year for Maitimo. When he realized there were others worlds, and - the weight of that, how it should have been good news but at the same time he flinched away from the reality where he won't be done even when Velgarth is fixed. 

Maybe he should have realized then that the conditions had changed, and his strategy was no longer appropriate. 

"I do need to sleep," Leareth says finally, letting go of Maitimo with some reluctance. "I think I will be all right tonight, if you wish to - go do other things." He's vaguely recalling that Findekáno is in Vinyamar and probably Maitimo would ever like to spend some time with him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I will take you up on that. But call me if you need anything, all right? 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." Leareth gets into bed, pulls the blankets over himself. He can't put wards up but - it's all right. Vinyamar is safe. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It had better be. 

 

If no more emergencies crop up he'll spend the night at Findekáno's.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are no emergencies!

 

Permalink Mark Unread

How generous of the universe. 

 

 

In the morning he can get started on convincing people that a journey to Cuivienen where they will be out of his hair and maybe cause less trouble with their sex lives is a good idea. People who don't want to participate in this can attend the concert - it's still going - or watch the dedication of a new completed building that will be the School of Small Biology.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara agrees that a trip to Cuivienen sounds very reasonable. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Stef is slightly sulky about this but takes it in stride and doesn't argue. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems reasonable!

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil is just going to go with the flow. She and Vanyel can set up the permanent Gate terminus in Vinyamar on their way back through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Great! This is a very culturally significant site for the Quendi, their birthplace as a people, and there'll be lots to do and see there, and also he can stop being quite so worried about what Stef will get up to, since he can pick who gets to go along. 

 

Do you want to go? he asks Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, Leareth can come along. Probably he's going to need an annoying amount of help to sleep if they keep going to new strange places, but he's curious to see Cuivienen and it's probably good practice, getting used to travelling, maybe it'll stop being so hard at some point. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. 

 

So when it's convenient for Vanyel - he can use the Silmarils here, which ought to help - they can head out across the continent again. Maitimo can pass along a sense-memory of Cuivienen but it's four thousand years old. We don't even know if it still looks like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, Vanyel can take the sense-memory plus a vague sense of the distance and bearing, and aim at it to see if the Gate works. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It does; that there is a big starlit lake, different in shape but not so different there's no Gate to be had.

Permalink Mark Unread

Stef goes through and stands around conspicuously not talking to or looking at Vanyel, who's hovering close to his aunt. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth follows him through and looks around. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's dark. It's quiet, and pretty. 

 

And then a flurry of arrows fly out of the darkness at them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth tries to fling up a mage-barrier in front of them and it doesn't work and so instead he dives toward the ground in a whimpering ball. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel, fortunately, is also there and has combat reflexes that are arguably less out of practice. You should be able to raise a shield fast enough to block an arrow in flight, he remembers Starwind telling him in his first ever magic lesson, eighteen years and a lifetime ago. Fortunately he is faster than that. His shield is up within about a quarter of a second.

(He also noticeably jumps in front of Stef and then looks sheepish about this.) 

:Maitimo. What: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil leaps toward Shavri and Randi, covering them as well. :What's happening?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I have no idea. There aren't orcs this far east, we've been in contact with -

 

HELLO? he shouts at the direction the arrows came from. WHAT ARE YOU DOING. PLEASE STOP. IF THERE IS SOME KIND OF PROBLEM WE CAN HELP.



There's a moment of silence. 

 

Then a Quendi drops out of the trees. They are carrying a bow, and wearing a fabric nearly impossible to see in the dark like this, against the backdrop of the forest. 

         This place is not for you, the Quendi says to all of them.

- what, so you were going to try to murder us about it? Instead of asking us to leave?

         In our dreams the bright-elves come, and bring only horrors with them. 

- I see. These people aren't bright-elves. They are something else, called humans, and if you kill them they are gone. - also before that they would kill you. It is admirable restraint that they have not already done so.

        We know about humans. 

...you do? How? 

        We dream of them, too. They do not see very far, and they tear the world apart until it catches up to them and swallows them. Someday they will fill in this lake with dirt and death and sunken warships. They are not welcome either. 

This place, the birthplace of the Quendi, it is sacred to all of us. For hundreds of years we have worked to return here from Valinor.

       You can return if you like. 

- all right? I am glad of that. Perhaps you can put away your weapons and we can meet and discuss -

        You can return if you like but then we will shoot you. 

 

 

- well, Maitimo says to Vanyel, sounding utterly astounded, I'm sorry. It did not occur to me that - no Quendi in our history has ever done deliberate violence to another. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Let's get the hell out of here: He raises a Gate, to the exact spot they just left. Takes a step toward it, stops, looks over his shoulder. "Stef, Randi, Shavri, get through now." :Maitimo, I think Leareth needs help:

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has no idea what's happening. All he knows is that there's absolutely nothing he can do about it. He can curl up small and take up as little space as possible and be very boring but probably whatever terrible thing is about to happen to him doesn't care. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo scoops him up and takes him back through the Gate. 

 

They are immediately surrounded by people desperate to hear about Cuivienen, who he waves off somewhat rudely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel firmly turns his back on Stef, who he is sure did not miss his initial reflex of protectiveness and is going to try to use this as ammunition for something

:Maitimo, what now? We're back to the same problem we had yesterday:

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm...really confused?" Dara is saying, with a reassuring hand on Shavri's arm. She looks shaken but like she's handling it. "Why are they accusing us of sinking ships or something?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am also really confused," he says, though he sounds more like 'angry'. "- people get foresight dreams, sometimes, but they don't always come true and in particular we've been theorizing that the interdimensional contact threw a lot of them off. But there wouldn't even be humans in Arda without the interdimensional contact, and while you're welcome to immigrate we will probably not let people do any destructive settlement of Cuivienen in particular since it's the sacred birthplace of our people and everything - and why do they think trying to murder you on sight would make you less likely to bother them -

- We should figure out what's going on there later this evening, I want to get Leareth settled."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right – Randi, let's go." Dara starts walking the King and Shavri back toward their guest-room.

Permalink Mark Unread

Stef gives Maitimo a confused, thoughtful look and then shrugs and follows Dara. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes Leareth to his room and tucks him in and sings. Not the sleep song, just something simple and pretty. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes Leareth a long time to be actually aware of his surroundings again, and even longer to stop trembling. He isn't saying anything or leaving any of his thoughts public. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm so sorry. 

 

We are in Vinyamar. We went to Cuivienen but the locals were hostile, so we left.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I remember. I tried to use magic..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You don't have access to your magic right now. I don't know if there's a good way to give you access to shielding and Mindspeech and Thoughtsensing and not the ability to destroy the whole city but I can talk with Melody about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Just being able to shield himself wouldn't have helped, the King and his lifebonded and Dara and Stefen were all there and none of them were mages. 

Leareth turns onto his side, away from Maitimo, pulls his knees in to his chest. I want to go home. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Okay. I'll get Vanyel to Gate us out. Except he should really stay for the conversation with Dara about what happened, he owes the Valdemaran delegation that so they can have any confidence that precautions for their security have been kept in mind generally...I think I need an hour here first. I know that it'd be better for you if we left right away. I'm sorry. I can keep you asleep for that hour, if you'd like.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't want to be asleep. If he's asleep then he can't do anything if something else happens, he won't even see it coming. 

Are you going to stay here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is a pretty bad time for me to abruptly leave Vinyamar but I am planning to go back with you. I just need an hour first to pass off the most urgent loose ends.

Permalink Mark Unread

It should be fine. He should be capable of at least one of going back without Maitimo or staying here where Maitimo is and the fact that he apparently can't cope with either is incredibly inconvenient. Leareth is perfectly aware of that fact. I am sorry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Larya will be here. I will try to wrap everything up as quickly as possible. You can pay attention through my eyes and ears, if you'd like to. 

 

 

And he leaves. He feels awful about this but he actually can't just flee the continent on the Valdemaran delegation after they were just attacked. He goes looking for Dara. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara is still at the King's guest-suite. Randi and Shavri seem pretty shaken.

Permalink Mark Unread

Stef is there, singing very quietly. Randi doesn't need painblocking anymore but it seems like he does need reassurance, and the Bardic Gift is good for that as well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone being shaken makes a lot of sense. He is going to head over and apologize again and give the compressed version of the briefing on the security situation across the whole continent if there seems to be an appetite for it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi would like to hear that, yes. He's trying to decide if it still makes sense to take Shavri with him if he visits more places in Beleriand. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri would like to point out that they're lifebonded and therefore she is exactly the same amount of safe as he is regardless of whether she is physically with him. (This has the sound of an argument they've had many times.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Do they both at least have the shield amulets Leareth made a bunch of the Noldor during the war, which buy hours of time during which Vanyel can presumably be fetched for rescue.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I assume not the exact ones but we have a kind that one of our mages back home designed. And I think Savil will come with us, if we do continue. She's not Vanyel but she's powerful in her own right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he can't give any firm recommendations but he can go through the briefing in detail. They have good information on how the locals feel about visitors in all the places closer than Cuivienen (and also information about their capabilities; no one in the Outer Lands has invented metalworking except the Dwarves, but most of them are competent with bows and arrows.) 

 

This will end up being a couple of hours if they want to go through all the peoples known to the Noldor in detail and get properly introduced to the Noldor who they'll be interfacing with once Maitimo goes back.

Permalink Mark Unread

They do, but Dara can make sure they stay on track and cover it efficiently, nudging Randi when he's asking questions that are probably a digression and can be answered by their other guides later. She takes notes. Dara gives off the impression of being a very organized person. 

:Er, why are you going back sooner?: she asks in private Mindspeech as they're finishing up. :You don't have to say, if it's not my business, just...wondered if it's relevant to our decision-making here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth needs me to. I realize the timing is terrifically awkward but I'm confident of the people I've introduced you to. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets him a slightly odd look, but she nods. :We understand. I'm not really worried, if we've got Savil with us. Also Companions can run a lot faster than ordinary horses, so we ought to be able to outrun most things on this world that could come after us. We just know not to get completely complacent, now, which is honestly kind of good. There was just a war on, I know that, but - Vinyamar is so lovely, it has us all with our guard down: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think everyone here is trying to forget as quickly as possible that there ever was a war. But - it does seem to me that you'll be safe, if you're prepared.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Thank you," she says out loud. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, thank you." Randi smiles weakly. "We're not about to hold the poor hospitality of the Cuivienen locals against your people. The Noldor have been nothing but wonderful to us."

Permalink Mark Unread

Stef looks like he sort of wants to say something, but doesn't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he will extract himself as soon as he gracefully can, and ask Vanyel to come with him to where Leareth is.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is in Savil's guest-room. :What is it?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wants to go back to Tol Eressëa. I'm going to go with him, I think he's going to need more support than he has for the next couple of weeks. It's awkward but your King's party is being very forgiving. Do you want to come also?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh gods, what, right now? Um. Can I have thirty seconds to think about it?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course! You have the Silmarils here so you can also Gate us over and then follow later if you care to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel feels so torn. Well. His duty is clear - go with his King - but Savil is here now. Also accompanying Randi would mean sticking around with Stef and, while part of him finds that tempting, the more sensible part of him thinks an excuse to stay well away for a few weeks can only be for the better. 

:I'll come with you: he decides. :Can I have five or ten minutes to pack my things and say goodbye to my aunt?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course! It is hardly as if they can leave without him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel explains to Savil that he's headed back with Maitimo and why, gets an understanding nod and a hug from her. Jogs off to his room to shove all his belongings back into his travel-pack before going to meet Maitimo at Leareth's room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, when Maitimo gets there, is sitting in bed with his forehead resting on his folded knees and his arms wrapped around himself. (He is noticing that it's been a lot longer than an hour.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sorry. Vanyel's getting his things together and then we'll leave.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Leareth doesn't move. 

It's stupid. Last night he was fine sleeping here alone, and he's not any less safe than he was then – but it feels like he's back to having no way to exert control over his surroundings or even predict what's going to happen next, it's all just a random sequence of moments strung together and the best he can do is try to avoid having preferences about what sorts of experiences his future contains. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits down next to him and waits for Vanyel.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is there five minutes later. "Sorry that took a while." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I apologize for dragging you away on such short notice. Leareth, I'm going to pick you up to carry you through the Gate." 

 

He does this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't resist. He should be perfectly capable of walking through a Gate, and yet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel steps out into the hallway, since Yfandes doesn't quite fit into the room itself. He draws on the Silmarils. Raises the Gate, steps through–

–and winces, ignoring the sudden inexplicable discomfort and urge to sprint back across, what is up with that. It's fine, he's fine.

The fact that he's suddenly missing Stef is presumably unrelated and also stupid. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He carries Leareth back to his room. Sets him down. Melody?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Back already? I thought you weren't–: Pause. :Is this because something's wrong? I can head across the island now if you need me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We were shot at when we arrived at Cuivienen. We were in little actual danger, we all have shield amulets and Vanyel was right there, but Leareth understandably - he will just send over his general impression of Leareth rather than trying to put it into words.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh. That's unfortunate. I was kind of in the middle of seeing someone here but I can be there in an hour? Or if it's really urgent I'll come sooner: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think he is deteriorating or anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:All right. I'll try to wrap up here and be over as soon as I reasonably can: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. 

 

How's Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's less tense now that he's in familiar surroundings. Also very apologetic. He feels like he made a very big deal out of almost nothing and now multiple people have dropped everything they had planned to accommodate him and this seems - suboptimal, really. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is extremely predictable that lethal ambushes while you don't have any magic are really upsetting and necessitate some changes in plans. I'm fine. Vanyel is fine. There are a dozen other princes of the Noldor in Vinyamar to talk about relations with our neighbors and trade deals and music and so on. 

I want to ask Melody if we can give you some magic back or if it's all or nothing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. 

I cannot understand why both not having any magic and getting some magic back are terrifying, Leareth thinks at Maitimo. Surely at least one ought to be acceptable. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I wouldn't necessarily expect that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I suppose that not having any magic is scary for - the obvious reason - and deciding that I wish to have some magic again is scary because it is a choice and an action. 

Leareth thinks he was so much closer to both of those being fine, before, but apparently it's still easy for his mind to fall back toward the state where trying to influence the world around him feels more dangerous than just giving up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is not very surprising but it must be very frustrating for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's so frustrating! It's not at all the direction that any of the thought-patterns that make up a Leareth are supposed to point – at first he didn't feel like he had much comparison, there, but over the last month he's slowly felt more like he remembers who he is, or at least used to be. 

Maybe a hug will help? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Technically this doesn't help directly with the part where nothing in his head is working right, but it does help him feel less pointlessly frustrated. Instead he can be very cozy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If it helps they can hang out like this until Melody comes.

Permalink Mark Unread

After most of an hour, Leareth is calmed down enough that he extracts himself to get some water to drink.

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody arrives not long after, though she pauses outside as usual. :Now still a good time?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think so. 

 

Melody's here, he tells Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods, sits down on the bed to wait for her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody comes in. "I heard some people at Cuivienen were terribly rude hosts to you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth smiles a bit despite himself. "That is a way to put it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can imagine that must've been awful for you. How are you feeling now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Less upset than before." He glances at Maitimo. "Still - not safe. I tried to use magic, it was an instinct, and it did not work and I - I am not even sure I panicked, so much as...completely gave up. I felt very helpless." He looks down, twists a handful of the blankets between his hands. "I still do." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that the risks of giving him back some access to magic look tolerable from our perspective. The things I am very motivated to avoid are anything that endangers the recovery of the other escapees, and anything that endangers the humans here. I don't know if you can go Gift-by-Gift or what, but -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm." Melody glances around, folds her hands in her lap. "I can definitely block one Gift and not the other, though it's more fiddly; presumably in that case we'd want to give him Mindspeech back, that can't blow up the island – sorry, Leareth, I have no expectation at all that you would do that. But you might accidentally cause a minor earthquake or start a fire or something if you had a bad nightmare, and that'd scare people."

She frowns. "The difficulty is that ideally we'd give him mage-sight. Can't be used offensively, but it'd mean he could check the wards and his shield-amulet even if he's not doing the magic himself, I imagine that'd be reassuring. Also, honestly, I'm worried about the projective aspect of Mindspeech. It's more common for people to project with Mind-Gifts during a nightmare than to accidentally throw magic around. I guess we could get Van to shield the room but it'd still hit you, if you were here." 

Thoughtful look. "I could try unblocking just the sensory part for both Gifts? But I can't See what I'm doing in there nearly well enough on my own. The last time I tried something fiddly, I borrowed senses from someone with mage-sight." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't really mind him projecting at me during nightmares, should I? I can read most of the other survivors during nightmares and I try not to for their privacy but I don't expect it to upset me that awfully."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mindspeech projection can be...loud. I'm not sure if osanwë does the same thing. But it won't hurt you, and I guess if you don't think the content would upset you that awfully, that might be acceptable." 

She frowns. "...The only person on the island right now with mage-sight is Vanyel. Leareth, how do you feel about getting his help, here? He'd just be sitting by, not doing anything, but - realistically he'd get some of my Sight."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thinks for a moment. He's any amount tense about being around Vanyel, for stupid reasons, but... "It does not bother me. He has seen it already, when presumably my mind looked much worse." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Van, do you want to come help Melody give Leareth some of his magic senses back?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Of course! Are we doing that now?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think so, if it's a good time for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'll be right there: He could use the distraction, honestly, he's still mysteriously upset for no discernible reason. 

He's there within two minutes; he looks around for a chair and then drags one in from the library. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody reaches out to mesh her shields with Vanyel's so that he can share his mage-sight with her, then bounces the bewildering overlap of both to Maitimo if he wants it.

The tapestry is there, and somehow linked to it, in a way that can't possibly work within three-dimensional space, are a couple of - the best visual metaphor is of vaguely like riverbeds except made of porcelain. They're curled up like snail-shells right now, one end terminating in...somewhere that isn't here...and the other goes into the tapestry at some point, in a deeper layer of it that Melody has to dive down to find. 

That entire section of the tapestry has been smothered in a sort of opaque fog. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- he has no idea how to interpret that. Maybe he'll ask Melody later.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fog part, at least, Melody explains about ten seconds later. :Here's where it's currently blocked. I think the best way to get a neat partial block in there is to undo everything first – I was not being neat when I did this originally – but, er, that does involve giving him an active mage-gift back for at least five minutes. Does that seem all right?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think so. 

He is pretty sure he has not been catastrophically misjudging Leareth for the last several months and Leareth does not currently seem inclined to, say, disable all three of them and then run off to explode things.

Permalink Mark Unread

:If it seems like something catastrophic is going to happen I can knock him out: 

Melody gets started. Getting rid of the fog is easiest. "All right. Leareth, you should have everything back right now. I want you to use mage-sight now." 

(Leareth nods, and an irregular-shaped section of the previously blocked area seems to light up and ripple.) 

"Good. Now do some really small magic, I don't know, a light or something."

This hits a much bigger area. 

"Hmm. I'll have a go at blocking that. I'm going to work very slowly so I can get it nice and precise, avoid leaving you with Sight that only half works. This is going to take a while. I might ask you to try things again at various points so I can find my place or check how I'm doing, but you can have a conversation or something in the meantime."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How common are mage-gifts, back in Velgarth?"

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes Leareth a moment to realize this is presumably addressing him because Melody and Vanyel are both occupied. "It varies a great deal by region. Starwind and Moondance's people, the Tayledras, have a very high rate of mage-gift. At least one in ten people, as high as one in four in some Vales. In the Eastern Empire, about one in fifty people are mages, though most are very weak. Rethwellan is lower but they have several thousand mages, in a country of a million people, so, one in five hundred perhaps? Though this is partially counting mages who hail from other countries, since they have a great many well-known schools there. Valdemar...has an oddly low rate per population, despite having more Mindspeakers and Healers than is common outside the Tayledras, and also a very high relative prevalence of Bardic Gift. I think only about one in five thousand of their people become active mages. There are likely ten times as many with the Gift in potential, not awakened." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. If someone moves between kingdoms are their children likely to match the place they're from or the place they live?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not have any good census-data on that to analyze. My not-fully-informed suspicion is that the rate of potential Gifts would match where they are from originally, because I think this is carried in the blood, but that potential Gifts are more likely to become active in places where magic is used very heavily around the child. This is likely much of the difference between the Eastern Empire and other places; most people have gone through Gates many times by the age of ten, whereas I suspect most Valdemaran children have never seen a Gate."  

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. - seems like that'd make for an enormous political advantage -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Having more mages? Yes. Valdemar does startlingly well with fewer, but - they have extremely good coordination, thanks to the Companions. Which are themselves magical." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, are they the only place with Companions?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. The Companions were created by a god, or perhaps multiple gods. Supposedly in response to a prayer. They are all tied into something called the Web – which Vanyel improved upon, recently, but which existed from the beginning. They have Mindspeech with each other always; they have a limited amount of precognition. They are supposed to Choose people who are very good, and support them in running the Kingdom, while helping them to be incorruptible." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will confess that all my interactions with the Heralds have been supportive of the impression that they're unusually virtuous and suited to running kingdoms."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I dislike many aspects of the system but, that is true. Though I ought to let Vanyel speak to it, really, it is his home." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You dislike that it's the gods picking?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I dislike the numbers of levers it gives them toward pointing Valdemar in the direction they prefer." Leareth is uncomfortable about the subject and isn't really sure why. 

...Possibly it's because he expects Vanyel to have feelings on the matter, and possibly to point those feelings in his direction, and this is a lot more terrifying than it reasonably ought to be. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "How did you end up with your army, did you assemble it all in this life? Can you designate yourself as your heir, or do you not know who you'll be in time?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did some preparatory work in the far north about a century ago, and in my current body I returned there about...forty years ago?" Leareth has to think about it for a moment to remember what decade it is in Velgarth. "I do not know which body I will end up in next when I die, although I can with some success aim for a region of the world. So I run a number of secret organizations where I have various passwords that I can retrieve from my records, and the membership mostly do not know who is ultimately in charge anyway." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. I guess if you can Gate around anyway a region of the world is good enough for most purposes. Are you always male?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, and mage-gifted - that is a requirement. The other Gifts can vary." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Once we get you all your memories back I'm going to have so many questions about how you originally set all this up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So will I. I do not have any records of my first life."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth?" Melody waves. "Try mage-sight and tell me if it still works?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

He tries.

The small irregular section of tapestry, now bordered around the edges with delicately picked-out dense fog, lights up. 

"It does!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good! And try the light again?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry, I know that's frustrating." She looks up, smiles at him. "But, we did it! You can keep your Sight." She turns to Maitimo. "Did we make a decision on the projective Mindspeech? He's only got a moderately strong Gift and Van thinks he can have shielding done on the room by tonight." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I'm in favor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course."

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody stretches, unkinks her neck. "Anything else we ought to talk about now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm?" Leareth is distracted, busy noticing that there are layers upon layers of protective wards around his room, presumably Vanyel's work, and in hindsight this is very unsurprising and of course he'd have done it - of course he's actually just worried about Leareth's safety, when he can't protect himself, even if the island is supposed to be safe - and he wishes someone would've told him but also in a way it makes it more touching that Vanyel didn't think of it. He wasn't doing it to humour Leareth being unreasonably scared, he just...actually wanted to be careful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that's everything. Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're very welcome." Melody gets up. "As usual, please call me if you need anything." She heads out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth reaches to rub his eyes. As usual, he's tired after a session with Melody. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sleep song?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth yawns, smiles wearily at him. "Please." 

Permalink Mark Unread

So he'll sing him to sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel drifts out to go finish unpacking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And hopefully in a familiar place with some magic senses Leareth can recover. Eventually. He was worried at first they'd set him all the way back to square one but he actually seems to be recovering faster than that. 

(Because he's very smart and very careful.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does seem shakier than before for the next few days, leaves him room less and calls Maitimo more, but he’s sleeping better - even when nightmares wake him, he can instantly check the wards to reassure himself.

”I wanted to ask you for advice about something,” he says at one point about a week later. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, what's up?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to be more comfortable around Vanyel. This is the first chance we have had to - trust one another, in this way - and it is unfair to him and I think must hurt his feelings that I am more comfortable with you. I suppose I ought to bring it up with Melody, but - I am concerned that Vanyel has been her patient as well and this will cause her to feel horrifyingly awkward if I wish her to help me sort through memories of Melkor making a fake Vanyel torture me and...various other things." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. Do you want to try to find a different Mindhealer somewhere?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe. I had also wondered if there was anybody in your world who – they would obviously not be Mindhealing-Gifted, but was there anyone who spoke with the survivors of Utumno and helped them with this kind of thing?"

Leareth sighs. Looks down. "Or perhaps it would be worth asking Lórien. I remember hearing that he can smooth that sort of association; I am not sure if it would work with everything related to a particular person, but...for this I suppose I would consider asking." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There were people who spoke with the survivors from Utumno. I think some of them are here; I can talk to them and try to recommend one. And if that doesn't help as much as you'd like we can see Lórien."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would appreciate that, thank you. I - want to ask Vanyel for help with something that I do not have enough magic for – to check that my immortality setup is working and Melkor in fact did not find a way of damaging it – but that is a longer conversation and it would help if I could be in the same room as him for longer than ten minutes without feeling pointlessly stressed about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - that makes sense, and I wasn't aware that Melkor might have damaged it. I'll start looking for someone right away.

 

If anything happens, assuming the immortality is in place, how many years before we'll be able to find you again? Two, three?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth gives him a blank look. "Unless anything went badly wrong, I ought to be able to contact you via either Valdemar or the north once I succeeded in finding a supply cache with my records. Probably months?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - you know, this whole time I have been assuming you start over as a baby. No?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"What? No, that would not work very well, although I - did a few times consider it - as less costly than the current version." It's suddenly occurring to Leareth that this isn't something he ever told Maitimo, because he hadn't ever told Vanyel, and Vanyel is plausibly going to be upset by it and– he curls up tighter.

Get it over with. "The spell is linked to the bloodline of my original body. This was two thousands years ago so I do not have a shortage of descendants now. I - take a young man's body - usually a little younger than Stef. The trigger would be the first time they use a fire spell. For a time, once I had the control to do so, I tried sharing instead of taking over entirely, but it - seemed to be shifting who I was, and that was concerning, so I stopped. I do not like it, exactly, but one life taken every one or two centuries is a lower cost than many of the others I pay." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh," he says quietly. He doesn't look upset, but then, he wouldn't. "The blood - the first time, it was your children?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. ...Grandchildren, perhaps? I am not sure how long it took after the Cataclysm before magic had settled enough that I could reincarnate. I arranged so that there would be many of them just in case, even though I - desperately had hoped - that one of the other methods I set up would work. This was the only one that succeeded." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - wouldn't you know whether you were your child or grandchild? - you did mention you lost a lot of memories, but -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is starting to expect that Maitimo is pretty upset, a lot more than his face is letting on. But there's no point in hiding any of it now. 

"Not necessarily. I think I had several hundred biological children from my first body, and I - continued to make an effort - for several centuries until I was sure. Mostly I made the offer to women who wished to have children, especially Gifted children, and I made sure they were well set up and had a comfortable income."

He closes his eyes. "...After the Cataclysm, when I was worried about sabotage as well as poor luck, I - used more subterfuge. In perhaps a hundred total cases I made use of compulsions or illusion-magic or other subterfuge, to bed married women with children already, who did not know my identity, so that I would have descendants in families where no mortals or gods could find them."

Maitimo is going to have feelings about this, isn't he. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, not where Leareth can see them. 




He'd said it to himself, at one point, that Leareth had probably done just about every awful thing you could think of, and possibly some that he hadn't thought of. If you had asked him 'has Leareth killed children' he would have said certainly yes, and if you'd asked 'has Leareth had children he never saw because they were part of an elaborate scheme that didn't require them to have a father' he would've said quite plausibly and if you'd asked 'has Leareth killed his own children' he would have said that it seemed entirely possible, and if you had asked him 'has Leareth forced people to bear him children with mind control' he would - actually, he would have guessed no, on that one, he didn't know you could do that -

- not enough imagination, that keeps happening

- and it's easy to say "he has probably done just about every awful thing you can think of, but I'm still on his side" if you can think of awful things, but apparently he is significantly impaired in this because he could've listed awful things for Years and Years and Years and not thought of that one, because it doesn't even give him a pointer to what other awful things he isn't thinking of -

 

"I -" am going to go deal with some important prince business, but that's a transparent lie and even if he could pull it off he owes Leareth better than that - "I want to go sing."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods, because he doesn't think he can manage to speak. That went...about the worst it could've gone, actually, why didn't he see this coming -

why did he forget that one of the reasons he can't have friends is that someday they'll find out the kinds of things he's done, that was an option he sacrificed knowingly and willingly along with all the other benefits of being a traditionally good person, and he knew that but he didn't expect something would ever happen where it would hurt this much. 

He manages to keep his expression controlled until Maitimo is out of the room and, according to his newly reopened Thoughtsensing, a good distance away, and then he wraps his mental shields as tightly around himself as he can, and curls up on his bed and cries. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

As promised he goes and sings. For women dead two thousand years ago - do people know if they're under compulsions, would they be wondering who did that to me or why did I do that - for things that he doesn't have enough detail to put a face on like that, just like an hour ago he couldn't have imagined a person pregnant when she did not want to be - for Leareth, taking the shape he thought would let him survive, except right now it doesn't feel like there's anything beautiful about that -

 

He is an Elf so if no one interrupts him he'll just - do that, for a couple of days. Manage logistics in the background once the lack of interaction with other people starts to itch, have Larya bring Vanyel and Leareth meals.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does not leave his room or talk to anyone - he barely bothers to get out of bed - when Vanyel comes by he pushes him off with 'not now, leave me alone please' - when Vanyel drags Melody over, damn him, he tells her to please leave him alone too, and she leaves. He eats but only because Larya will tell Maitimo if he doesn't and it'll only upset him more and that doesn't seem fair at all right now. 

Maybe if he tries hard enough he can somehow wrap the pieces of himself back together into a shape that can survive the way he did before, for two thousand years. Maybe. But he doesn't really believe it.

Sleeping is very bad without Maitimo there, but as promised there are shields on the room against his projecting in his sleep, so it's fine, it's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

He could sing for a lot longer but he thinks he is at least hitting diminishing returns from singing, after two days. 

He sleeps. He swims in the ocean. 

He wants Findekáno. 

"Van - I know this is very unfair of me - would you be up for another Gate?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, of course." Vanyel considers asking any of the large number of questions he has, starting with 'what happened', but - decides to leave it alone. He can just park himself outside Leareth's door the entire time Maitimo is gone, Leareth will know he's there because of Thoughtsensing but it doesn't technically count as infringing on his space. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think it will be very long. I need to invite somebody to come here and then we will come back."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. How long should I wait between Gates then?" If he went with him he could use the Silmarils for the return, be less exhausted, they don't have the stupid Gate terminus yet because some people decided to shoot arrows at them, but - no he cannot leave right now, actually. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you should stay, yeah. Half an hour would be long enough for me but if you need longer that's fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should be able to do that. If I'm too tired I'll do it as soon as I can." Gate to Vinyamar. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He leaves. 

 

He goes to the palace.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara stops dead in the middle of the hall. "Prince Nelyafinwë! I thought you weren't coming back here?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Herald Dara! - just a quick errand. Vanyel has absolutely spoiled me, otherwise I'd be much more reluctant to go bouncing about between continents. How's everything going?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Pretty good! We had a visit with the Dwarves. I like them a lot, they know how to haggle, they're great."

She frowns. Switches to private Mindspeech. :...I did want to talk to you about something, er, if you're not in too much of a rush:

Permalink Mark Unread

Absolutely. What?

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara's expression is that of someone who does not at all want to have the conversation she's about to have and is resolutely doing it anyway. :I, um, you. You and Leareth. Are you...: gods this is the most uncomfortable conversation she's ever tried to have with anyone, :are you, I mean, are you together? I have to assume you aren't because that would be messed up but, um, someone mentioned something to me, and then - when you went back to Tol Eréssea with him...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

No, he says, and wow there are a lot of negative emotions packed into that word, if she's paying close enough attention to pick them apart there'll be horror and revulsion and - grief? - and sadness -

- I'm sorry. I - I know this is a topic on which there's - cultural distance to bridge - but no. I can swear to it, if you'd like. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara has been briefed on Quendi oaths and that they are a Big Deal. :No, no, I believe you, it's fine. I just - well, cultural distance, I didn't know whether it'd be... Um, to clarify, the part that would've bothered me is where he has his Gifts blocked and recently got tortured, not the – I'm friends with Vanyel, right, I...: Gods she feels terrible about every part of this conversation now. :I'm sorry: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- no, no, I appreciate being aware that - among Quendi we don't think very much about how things can look, because we can see whether people are married, and if they aren't, nothing happened. And we don't have - otherwise-directed sexuality. I would much rather someone ask than wonder - is there something that I would traditionally be doing, in Velgarth, so that they didn't -

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Honestly it would usually not come up? I think this is a very complicated situation because you're - friends with him - and also in a political position where you are kind of the person holding him prisoner. Normally those would be different people. But, um, I don't actually think anyone other than...: she sighs, :than Stef, is going around thinking this. He's - like that. I told him to shut up: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. - really. It was good of you to check. And also good of you to tell him to shut up. I'd talk more, but I told Van to do a return Gate pretty shortly, so -

Permalink Mark Unread

:No, no, of course: She ducks her head and then moves aside to let him walk past without saying anything more. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Findekáno I hate everything and I need you to relocate to Tol Eressëa to talk me through some things. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- I'm in the middle of a lot, here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. I'm really sorry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a new one. What happened -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth and I were talking about his awful past and now I'm too sad to talk to him and I think he thinks I'm angry and I don't know whether I am, or should be, or should be reconsidering having decided I don't care that he's kind of evil.

Permalink Mark Unread

- what did he say -

Permalink Mark Unread

He used to use mind control to force women to become pregnant with his children so that he could kill and replace them for his immortality method. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

Well. He should definitely stop that.

Permalink Mark Unread

He has stopped that. i'm just trying to think through whether - can you please come back with me, I'm very sad and we can bother Van for yet another Gate in a couple of days and -

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm on my way. Trying to think through whether -

Permalink Mark Unread

Whether it's a category error or an oddly specific thing that happened to come up? Whether I'm broadly failing to imagine what sorts of compromises are going to come up, have come up for him, I keep thinking about how I wouldn't have come up with it, no matter how much time I had, it wouldn't have been on my list of things a person could do if they were evil -

Permalink Mark Unread

Didn't you say he was going to kill millions of people?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

An advantage of drawing the line before that is that I'm not sure there are a lot of places to draw it past that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. 

 

 

I don't think - I didn't think I believed in drawing lines. Just making trades. But - 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I'm sorry. I know you love him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Do I? I'm hurting him. With all this being sad. He needs - he's recovering from Angband, and I'm making things worse. Vanyel's worried. I didn't explain what was going on.

Permalink Mark Unread

None of that strikes me as counterevidence because you've always been very bad at loving people.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel's return Gate goes up. He sticks his head through. :Maitimo, please don't dawdle on this: 

Permalink Mark Unread

They step right through. 

"I'm sorry," he says immediately. "Is everything all right here -"

Permalink Mark Unread

They're in the hall just outside Leareth's room, using a nearby doorway for the Gate. "I believe so, yes." :He hasn't moved. I don't think anything seems worse than, er, whatever the last few days...: He's giving Findekáno a blank look, trying to remember if they've been introduced. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - my cousin, Prince Findekáno. Findekáno, Herald Vanyel. - I should explain what's going on. I'm so sorry." He activates the privacy barrier on his amulet. 

"Leareth and I were discussing his past. He explained the, uh, lengths that he went to in order to have sufficient, and sufficient untraceable to him, descendents for his immortality spell in the early years. Has he told you about this -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Not details. I gathered he takes over people's bodies, because his body dies and – when you go through the historical record it's pretty clear he pops up as a young man. It's his descendants specifically, though?" He shivers. "I guess that wouldn't bother him any more than the body-snatching part in general." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess not. He didn't know them. He'd make arrangements with women who wanted Gifted children. And - when he was worried that someone might realize that was how he was doing it, stamp out all his known offspring - he's good at compulsions, he'd - find strangers, and -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Right. I - can see why that'd bother you a lot. Bother Quendi more in general. Is it even possible for women here to have children out of wedlock, or - unintentional pregnancy from rape - or, er, to sleep with someone who isn't their husband at all...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - no. I hadn't - thought of any of those things as things that were possible. - I realize that's on me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, it really should've been on me to realize that needed explaining, right? And...I didn't. I suppose because I don't like some of the less savoury parts of my world. Leareth's not the only person in my world who does that. ...Honestly probably he picked the least harmful way possible? Skillful compulsions, maybe he could even hide the memory from them - I bet he didn't leave women with years of nightmares and trauma from it happening to them, he'd - definitely rape women if he thought it were necessary, that wouldn't be any more sacred than murder to him, but he wouldn't make it any worse than it absolutely had to be to accomplish his aims." 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

"I think," he says, "I am running into a problem where you can have qualified trust in Leareth knowing he'll have done terrible things when he considered it necessary because you and he have approximately the same picture of what terrible things there are that one can get up to if they try, and I would like to have the same sort of thing but could've thought about it for years and not thought of this. And I don't know how many things like this there are. And that makes it hard to have qualified trust and not expect on some level that tomorrow I will learn, I don't know, that Leareth can extract magical power from making people swear contradictory oaths and has a factory of that, up north, or ...that his resurrection method restricts his diet to ....the eyeballs of babies, or -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Probably there's a faster way of getting that than coming to live in Velgarth for five years, where you might literally die of the ugliness," Vanyel says tiredly. "I don't know. I can go through all the things know of that Leareth's done. I could - ask him what he hasn't told you, if you're worried about reacting badly to his face and need some time away to absorb it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know what I need. I worry that will - stress him out further. All of this has already been really bad for him. I - the thing I want to do is to be sad for a couple of months and then pick up where we left off but I can't do that, this is damaging him.

 

I don't like the thing where he thinks of the worst things he's done as his defining traits as a - friend, as an ally,  in other peoples' eyes - and I don't want to contribute to it. And I don't want to - gods. 

I feel like when he talks about killing people his regret is shaped just like my sadness. And that helps. And I don't think that's true here, and it shouldn't need to be, but -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sorry." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "Anyway. That's what's going on. I am going to try to get things figured out soon so he isn't stuck. I appreciate the Gate."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I’m glad I could help.” And Vanyel is just going to keep sitting here in the hall until Leareth, who must have heard Maitimo getting back, either asks for him or tells him to go away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes to his room with Findekáno. Cries on him for a couple of hours without talking much. 

 

 

I'm trying to think what I did here that was stupid.

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems pretty possible that you didn't do anything that was stupid. We needed him at first, right, and he could read your mind, so it made sense to - 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. And - he's a good person - he'd disagree but you know what I mean -

Permalink Mark Unread

He's a person who wants things to be good. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And I don't know what else a good person is, except - except I guess I have a better idea of the distinction he is drawing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. 

 

I think probably one ought to draw some lines somewhere. - I don't particularly think the limits of our imagination are the place to draw them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't either. I guess I will have to figure that out. 

 

 

I don't want to not talk to him until I have figured that out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

I also don't want to do this to him repeatedly whenever something new comes up.

Permalink Mark Unread

We could try to think of lots of very bad things people can do? So you feel less like it's a domain you can't reason about?

Permalink Mark Unread

We should probably do that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Patpatpat. 

Stuff Melkor does...you can torture people, you can kidnap them, you can kill them, you can prevent them from killing themselves - 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melkor has also presumably forced people to bear children! I just failed to think about it!

Permalink Mark Unread

Forcing people to swear oaths -

Permalink Mark Unread

I did think about that one. I tried not to while he was awake but that's how you'd seize control of the Noldor if you wanted to, you'd use a compulsion to get the right ten people to swear - I don't know if he thought of it or not, I didn't go into much detail about how oaths work. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I would find it hard to work with someone while in a state of meaningful uncertainty about whether they might do that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, I was sure of him. I had a read on him and it held together, it didn't feel like it was failing to explain anything, and it included that he'd done a lot of awful stuff but also that - he wanted to have reasons to cooperate, instead. And that I could give him those. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

It feels like - a natural consequence of that, that he will hurt people who don't have anything else to offer him.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Yeah. Not for fun. But  - but his friends are me and Vanyel and maybe he can only be friends with people who it's straightforwardly in his strategic interests to be friends with?

 

We got off topic from evil things people can do.

Permalink Mark Unread

You can...disfigure people? You can marry them against their will, you can, I don't know, make them pick which of their children to murder, you can make them forget their lives, you can steal their kids, you can ...eat people? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle. 

You can trick people into thinking you're their husband, apparently.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's interesting that Vanyel thought of that as - the kindest way to do what Leareth was doing, there -

Permalink Mark Unread

- I mean, it probably beats using a compulsion to prevent them from committing suicide and then, like, tackling them? 

Permalink Mark Unread

...would that work?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure and I cannot think of any women I would want to ask!

Permalink Mark Unread

Is this doing the thing you were hoping for -

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know. Maybe. I don't feel better equipped to reason about any of this but I feel more emotionally inured to - learning about it - and the reasoning probably doesn't have to happen right now and might go better when it's shaped by actually trying to solve real problems. 

 

 

Do you think it's ridiculous for me to trust Leareth? And to love him?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

No. 

 

I think you should be really careful about what you help him do, until we've had time to think about this. But you're not helping him conquer planets, you're helping him recover from Angband. You should obviously be doing that. - or delegating that, if you don't think you can do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I can do it. 

 


Thank you. 

 

Do you want to go back now -

Permalink Mark Unread

There's nothing that can't wait a day. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

 

I'm going to go talk to Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is still sitting with his back to Leareth's closed door. He lifts his head, eyes widening. :Maitimo–:

Permalink Mark Unread

- is he okay -

Permalink Mark Unread

:I assume not but I don't think he's less okay than he was yesterday. He's not speaking to me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm so sorry. I think - if he'll talk to me I think we can straighten it out, maybe.

 

 

 

Leareth, may I come in?

Permalink Mark Unread

:I cannot exactly stop you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- I am not going to come in right now if you would like to be alone. 

Permalink Mark Unread

An entire minute passes in silence. 

:...I suppose if you wish to speak now, then I would prefer to get it over with: Leareth sends finally, his mindvoice very flat and neutral. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- he opens the door. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is sitting against the headboard of the bed with his arms wrapped tightly around his knees, a plate of uneaten food sitting on the bedside table. There are bags under his eyes. He's staring resolutely at the wall. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well.

 

He sits down against the wall. 

I'm sorry. I know it was a very bad time for me to need some time and not communicate more. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I assumed you were coming here to tell me that we are not friends anymore because it turns out you did not think through all the ramifications of my...willingness to do terrible things: 

Leareth tried to communicate it. He really did try. It feels unfair, that this is happening anyway – and happening now, when he's already gotten used to - this. To Maitimo being someone he can count on. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...no? Well, it is true that I did not think through - uh, mostly my list of terrible things it was possible to do was just too short. But I'm not mad, not really, and it seems really unlikely that it'd improve anything if I decided to be, and - even if I had decided it was wrong to care about you, which I did not, it would not change that I do care about you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth puts his head down on his knees. 

...Probably the right thing to do here is to say it's all right, that he understands, and make things up with Maitimo, because - well, all of his other options here are terrible. He's spent the last several days trying to sift through what he can do, to - be all right again without Maitimo's help. He thought about just going back to Velgarth, but one, he can't even do that on his own, he'd have to ask Vanyel, and Vanyel would probably refuse because this is clearly a stupid plan. There isn't anyone in his organization who can realistically help him in the way he needs right now, because it's not something he's ever needed before. Also the gods of Velgarth will keep trying to murder him and he's in no shape right now to prevent that. 

...He thought about letting that happen. Or just asking Vanyel to check his immortality setup and then killing himself in his current body, hoping that starting over elsewhere will at least let him lose most of the torture-memories. Except it won't fix his - core sense of self - and he does remember the first day of starting out in this body, it was so very important that he knew exactly who and what he was. Because if you take a Leareth and you - change any of the parts at random - most of the directions that can happen gets you a monster.

(Because he's already a monster. He's just - holding as firmly as he can to the part where that's pointed in the direction of someday fixing everything. And now everything is quicksand and he isn't sure if that was ever true or if...he was just wrong, just hurting people for no reason.) 

Leareth considered admitting that he's just lost, that there isn't a way of coming back from where he is now. It wasn't clear what he ought to actually do in that scenario, though, so he didn't do anything.

It's sort of unbelievable how much he's been hurting, in the last few days. Leareth isn't used to this being a way he can hurt. And - as a result, the hope that maybe he hasn't lost Maitimo as a friend after all is terrifying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- he takes off the amulet Leareth made him. 

There were probably two ways out of this; one was to not have emotions where Leareth could notice them in the first place, and in hindsight he should probably have done that, he had reasons for thinking it'd be better if they talked things out but Angband should have just overridden those reasons, actually, Angband isn't like other things. (it was incredibly irresponsible to let it leak through onto the recovering torture victim with no one else to turn to, how intensely unfair, Leareth is right to be angry about it -)

But anyway he didn't do that, he did the thing that would've been the obvious thing to do if this had come up before Angband, and he's sorry about that but now it seems like the best way forward is probably just to actually communicate.

A bunch of feelings are blurred together and he should try pulling them apart so Leareth can see them - 

Leareth is in a lot of pain right now and it is clearly Maitimo's fault, and he wants to figure out the pieces of that failure.

It was a stupid and obvious mistake in hindsight, having Leareth have no other options. He'd been aware of that, sort of. He tried bringing it up with Leareth but it didn't work, because he was only sharing some of the pieces, because there wasn't an obvious better solution - he'd been thinking that he wasn't going to get tired of helping, not in the next fifty years at least, that 'Maitimo gets tired of helping' was not really a priority to solve when he knew he wouldn't - and he hasn't - when he knew he was willing to prioritize Leareth over all the political things that might come up -

- but it's obviously quite bad for Leareth to have no paths to fixing things that don't go through Maitimo. Not because Maitimo won't be there. This was - about the worst thing he could've learned in about the worst possible way and it didn't for a second shake his commitment to being here. But because - because it's not good for people to have very few options. It is not good for Leareth to feel like tactically he needs to mend bridges right now because his alternative is suicide, and maybe reawakening as someone else. 

(Did he make this mistake because he wanted Leareth - he doesn't think so. He was trying very hard to avoid that. Maybe he was in fact trying so hard to avoid that that he failed to think about ways the situation could hurt Leareth that didn't involve Maitimo asking for things he had no right to -)

 

Leareth is in a lot of pain right now and this reflects both the mistake and also some kind of misunderstanding, some way in which the two of them are not seeing this the same way, and that seems like the most fixable part of this. Maitimo can take some stabs at what the misunderstanding might be. Leareth probably did not realize that he was referencing things Maitimo didn't so much think-of-as-off-limits as things he'd never thought of. The problem was  - the part that'd taken a couple of days was - adjusting his model of the world for the fact he was apparently so bad at guessing how people could hurt each other. 

Maitimo is not in any doubt about whether Leareth is a monster. Leareth is good and saved a world because of the sort of person that he was and they have to get him back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am not angry: Leareth sends, immediately, that feels important to clarify. 

...It's different, reading Maitimo's thoughts with his Gifts instead of getting it via Maitimo letting him in through the osanwë barrier. It means he's getting everything and he knows he's getting everything, they both know it, and - the emotions are coming through a lot stronger - Leareth has to back off after thirty seconds because it's too overwhelming.

He takes a few deep breaths, focuses on not crying, and then starts thinking, out where Maitimo can see it. Because it seems very important that they be on the same page, here. He is very tentatively drifting toward concluding that Maitimo does still want to be his friend, but...that requires having everything in the open, and he thought he'd achieved that before but clearly not. 

In hindsight it makes a lot of sense that - the ways that humans hurt each other constantly, all the time, the - kinds of tradeoffs that any military commander is taking when they hire soldiers without vetting their entire lives, for example - that those don't come up in paradise. 

(Leareth knows for a fact that it has ever happened for Valdemaran soldiers to rape Karsite civilians, because sometimes they were caught and went to trial for it, and presumably sometimes they weren't caught, and...he isn't really sure where he's going with that, actually. There is clearly any kind of moral distinction between King Randale personally raping a Karsite refugee versus indirectly giving coin and weapons and legitimacy to a soldier who ends up doing so, but also the harm is still out there in the world either way.)

He's thinking about - unwanted children, abused children, and how this must just not ever happen here. And how hard he tried to make sure none of his biological children were unwanted in that way, because - it just doesn't make tactical sense, right? He wanted them to reach adulthood, healthy and prosperous, and be in a good position to have lots of children of their own. He certainly didn't want their mothers to know they'd been raped, that would be stupid and unhelpful toward any of his goals. He's aware this doesn't make it much less monstrous. 

(He is directly responsible for children being taken from their parents, in his attempts to pre-emptively strip Valdemar of mages and instead get them on his side, so the invasion he planned would be over as quickly and bloodlessly as possible. He was, a few times, indirectly responsible for their being mistreated a lot more than necessary in the process, even though that doesn't make any tactical sense and just resulted in a lot more time wasted on helping them recover from it later – because it turns out that when you're trying to hire kidnappers, even if you do your best to vet them, they are kind of being filtered to be terrible people. Leareth has supplied a lot of terrible people who've done a vast amount of harm and that's - on him, just as much as what he's done with his own hands.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's pretty sure that he's not going to do this again, because that was a priority, changing the way he was thinking about this so there weren't any more hidden tripwires Leareth could stumble across. He spent a while with Findekáno brainstorming evil things that people could potentially - 

- actually, he just should let Leareth review that conversation. It seems important. Here's Maitimo, crying on Findekáno's chest - (I'm trying to think what I did here that was stupid...he's a person who wants things to be good...you'd use a compulsion to get the right ten people to swear....you can eat people...it probably beats using a compulsion to prevent them from committing suicide and then, like, tackling them? ...)

- probably Leareth can improve on the list but he didn't want to make Leareth go through a list of every horrible thing he's ever done - 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I hurt you. I am sorry: 

Leareth drags in a breath between his teeth, lets it out. It doesn't matter that he had no way of avoiding it because the thing that caused Maitimo so much anguish was...the entire person he is and has been for millennia. And it wouldn't have been better if it had never come up, that wouldn't be fair to Maitimo and - and Leareth wouldn't be doing himself any favours, either, when he's in the process of trying to put himself back together. 

Is that particular decision worse than all the others? He would have thought that murdering people - that intending to murder ten million people - is obviously a lot more monstrous than sending some women home with a child they wanted and cherished and assumed was their husband's, or maybe carefully-didn't-think about that one ill-advised night of out-of-character temptation. Vanyel might not be capable of this but Leareth is more than capable of compulsions that a person can't distinguish from their own urges, lots of people do ill-advised contradictory things all the time anyway. Leareth thinks that about half of his secret children weren't the result of compulsions at all, just women who were in fact very willing to accept drinks from an attractive (illusioned) stranger and then go home with him. 

(He didn't like doing it. Some part of him found it a lot more distressing than killing someone with his own hands. But he hasn't let the fact that something is distasteful stop him, generally, that's - sort of a fundamental part of how he thinks about the world and his actions in it.)

:I have not eaten people: he sends eventually. :I - do not think I have ever personally tortured someone? It is possible I did and lost the memory, but generally I would not need to for an interrogation, which is the only purpose where I would endorse it as strategically useful. I have been upstream of kingdoms having policies that included torture, but that is not exactly rare in my world: Because his world is terrible. :I considered using compulsions with the Noldor and I would have done it if the alternative were thousands of deaths. I did not understand oaths well enough at the time to incorporate that in the plan; I would have hesitated more at it, since I cannot reverse an oath later, but knowing myself, I would not have entirely ruled it out:

He's kind of confused about the compulsion-against-suicide part, probably that's running into some cultural difference between humans and Quendi that he doesn't understand yet? 

Permalink Mark Unread

- you didn't hurt me. You hurt a lot of people but not me. 

Uh, he has never tried, for a lot of reasons, but he expects that if he tried to ...tackle a woman, and that that works, biologically speaking, which he's not clear on, but assuming that it does, then probably she would decide that this demonstrated his unsuitability as a person to be married to and stop her heart rather than have anything irrevocable happen. Probably the difference is just that humans are less inclined to do that given that they don't come back? But on the other hand they can explode, which would seem to incline one more towards suicide since it can function as vengeance too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Right. There are so many layers of misunderstanding here, aren't there. 

:Humans do not become married when they - participate in or are subjected to sex acts: Leareth reminds Maitimo. :It is certainly a very traumatic thing for a person to experience, that will affect them for a long time, but it does not result in any kind of bond to the rapist. Also most humans cannot explode, that is only mages. Healers can stop their own hearts if they have the right training for it, I think, but most humans are also not Healers. I am sure it has ever happened that a mage called Final Strike on their rapist rather than let it continue, but - I think most people would not prefer to die even in that situation. If pregnancy results from rape - this has the same probability as from a woman bedding a man willingly, unless the woman is a Healer in which case they have more but not perfect control of it - many women will take measures to end it rather than bear their rapist's child. I am guessing that is also not something Quendi do: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- no, it's not, what would that fix? The baby didn't do anything - also, you can't get them back if you kill them before they're old enough to survive with support in Lórien, which is about thirty weeks into a pregnancy. No one has done it on purpose but pregnant people were killed beside Cuivienen, a few times. Lórien's working on it. 

This is only sort of relevant. 

Do you mean to say that humans do not decide when they become pregnant, it just happens some of the time when they have sex?

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Yes, that is how it works: 

Permalink Mark Unread

...that sounds incredibly difficult. Or at least for Quendi I think it would be; married couples like to have sex even during periods in their lives when it isn't a good time to bear children.

Permalink Mark Unread

:So do humans! There are some - methods to avoid pregnancy, which work with varying degrees of reliability; there is an herb, for example, there are also herbs that can end an existing early pregnancy, or a Healer can. Miscarriage is sufficiently common before a month in that most cultures do not consider it to be a child yet, at this point, though of course there is still grief involved if the parents hoped for a child; I think in fact the soul is not involved until about five or six weeks, since before that the developing embryo does not show up at all to Thoughtsensers and afterward it does. There are ways human couples can - pleasure one another - that cannot result in pregnancy. However, it does happen rather often that couples, especially very young and inexperienced couples who have not thought it through, end up with a child at a very bad time for it. That is one of the ways that children end up born to families that do not really want them: 

He looks down at his hands. :Some human cultures practice infanticide. Usually nomadic cultures who have very limited resources to support children, and very unpredictable resources, and may decide at the end of a pregnancy that it is not a time they can afford to feed another mouth: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a good thing to have mentioned because it's a more obvious example of the way he feels about the things Leareth has done. Sad, overwhelmingly sad, but not angry. What would the point be. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:The culture I was born to practiced infanticide: Leareth sends. :That is - one of very few memories I have of my original childhood: It's kind of surprising it's still there; it must have been part of the core memories that he tried to destroy, but he supposes he didn't destroy the actual memories that was built on so much as - scatter them, make it so there was no coherent whole anymore. :I would have had a younger sister, but - I suppose too many livestock were lost to drought and raids, that year, so I did not:

He doesn't remember his mother's face at all, certainly doesn't recall what expression she wore at the time; he remembers it only as a fact, something he held onto as an example of why the world was fundamentally broken and burningly needed to be fixed. Likely it was only mentioned to him in passing; he doesn't remember for sure but many semi-nomadic herding peoples, like those that would have inhabited the eastern plains of Predain two thousand years ago, didn't even name children until they were several months old and considered likely to survive.

The peoples around Urtho's Tower would have been less brutal about it, but then again, they had the good luck of living in very fertile lands.

The only other fact Leareth remembers about his youth as Ma'ar is his mother's death in childbirth, it was before he left Predain but not long before, he must have been - thirteen, fourteen? Again, there are no images or details associated, just the knowledge that it happened and was unacceptable and yet there was absolutely nothing he could do at the time to stop it, the only option was to move forward. Find a place to learn and grow and someday be strong enough to make it different.

He wonders, distantly, if that boy who he barely remembers being could have imagined how much that war against nature would cost him.

Permalink Mark Unread

- he wants to hug him. Very badly. But he should definitely not do that if Leareth doesn't want him to. He can just sit here, looking at the floor, not trying very hard not to cry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth also wants to be hugged, very badly, but – at the same time isn't sure he's ready for that, yet, it feels like the inside of his head is a dozen jagged-edged fragments and he's just barely gotten them arranged in a formation that holds together, and it won't last long but if Maitimo hugs him everything is going to fall down and he's probably going to spend the next several days crying. And it seems important that they finish this conversation, first.

:I suppose I was already inured to horrors in the world even as a small child: he admits. :I had killed someone by the time I was fifteen. I do not remember any details but probably there was some kind of raid with another clan and he was trying to kill me. This was considered very normal, although likely my classmates later on would have been deeply horrified: Leareth has to push out the words without letting himself have any emotions about it, which is doable because the memory of it is so distant and abstract, it's basically just words at this point. Words hung from the bits and pieces of a crumbled tower and a shattered, bleeding sky. 

Does Maitimo have any other questions? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Not really. - oh, a responsible question would be, if this does come up again, what's a better way to handle it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't sure. At least half of that is on him, he should have sorted out his stupid feelings about Vanyel a long time ago, so that he can be comfortable being vulnerable with him, Vanyel wouldn't have been shocked by this even if he were upset about it. 

If Maitimo does need to leave to do some thinking again, and isn't sure if he'll end up deciding to come back, it would be helpful to get an up-front estimate of his odds that he'll end up deciding to still be friends versus not. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel was in fact not shocked. Maitimo explained what was going on. 

Uh, up front, Maitimo will want to continue being friends no matter what awful stuff comes up unless the revelation is that Leareth has been mind-controlling him this whole time in which case Maitimo will... well, presumably, want to continue being friends because of the mind control. (The thing he was trying to articulate is that it'd have to be something that changes his interpretation of what has happened during the war, not what Leareth did back in Velgarth.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thinks he has literally zero secrets from Maitimo about the war - he was kind of relying on Maitimo for most of the strategic planning, since he wasn't oriented enough to the situation to scheme on his own and have it turn out well. 

Then again, his memory is very untrustworthy nowadays. 

Leareth can - take down his shields, if that helps? Make literally all his thoughts public, let Maitimo poke around looking for discrepancies. The room is shielded so no one else can go snooping in his head. It might actually give him more peace of mind, overall, if he's had someone else check. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- that sounds like potentially a valuable thing to do at some point. Is this a good time for it, when Leareth is in terrible shape emotionally.

Permalink Mark Unread

Possibly not. It'll be a lot more miserable for Maitimo, probably, and - honestly Leareth is not thinking very clearly because he's had maybe four hours of actual sleep per night for the past several days and he is very, very tired. That'll make his memories harder to sort through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then how about Leareth gets some sleep and they keep this in mind as a thing they can do in the future if it seems like it will help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sleep seems wise. Maitimo doesn't have to stay, at all, it's really really understandable if he needs to spend some time with Findekáno now, but - Leareth would appreciate it a lot and be very grateful if he stayed, actually. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is planning to stay for as long as Leareth needs him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth would like a hug and a sleep song and for Maitimo to still be around when he wakes up, although he doesn't think he has an excuse to mind if he leaves for a bit in the middle, it's not like Leareth would notice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll stay. Sometimes Leareth wakes up unexpectedly, after all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth will sleep for the next twelve hours or so. He wakes up once because he's thirsty and has a headache, apparently he hasn't quite succeeded at using willpower to stay reasonably hydrated despite being too upset to notice any cues about it.

He also has a couple of nightmares bad enough that he starts projecting in his sleep. There's not really a lot of content coming through with it, at least not coherently, mostly just fear and helplessness. One of them involves Vanyel in some capacity but the details are unclear. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is unfortunate that the shielding seems to block osanwë and he can't talk to Findekáno but he's glad he's here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth finally wakes up, gluey-headed enough that he's not sure getting out of bed is going to happen today, but unable to sleep any more for the moment. 

:–do the shields block osanwë?: he sends drowsily, finally remembering that Maitimo might want to at least talk to Findekáno and has probably been very bored. :He would be welcome to come in: 

Permalink Mark Unread

They do. It's okay. He has the amulet back on so he can lie about things like that; it actually turns out that being alone for twelve hours is well into 'bad for him' territory. I can invite him in now if you'd like? What are your plans for today?

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am not sure. Taking naps?: If anything he feels more tired than before, albeit less miserable. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. In that case I will probably have him in here so we can talk and maybe intermittently Larya so I can do logistics at one remove, if that's all right.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Fine with me: Leareth yawns and stretches and starts the slow process of convincing himself to get up at least long enough to go to the bathroom. 

Permalink Mark Unread

When he's done with that Maitimo will invite Findekáno in. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, he says agreeably, sitting down against the wall. Nice to meet you. He is thinking that Maitimo is probably a little stir-crazy, staying in a room without osanwë, and trying to compare Leareth to their brief pre-war interactions - he looks much worse in almost every respect, except the hair - did Maitimo do the hair, he should tease Maitimo about that in several years once it's funny -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Nice to meet you: Leareth nods to him, smiles very unconvincingly, drags himself back to sit on the bed. Tightens his shields enough that he's at least not accidentally reading all of Findekáno's surface thoughts constantly. :...Maitimo, I probably ought to eat something: He isn't hungry at all but that seems like a mistake on the part of his body. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good idea." He'll have someone bring food in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth eats halfheartedly and then curls up again with a blanket, hoping this doesn't look unwelcoming on his part; he just can't muster the energy for interacting much right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They seem entirely content to talk over osanwë and let him rest except when it's time to remind him to eat or drink.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth will stay in bed most of that day, eating and drinking when reminded and occasionally dozing off fully for an hour or two.

Eventually he's both rested and bored enough to wake himself up more fully. And remember that he hasn't kept any records of anything since arriving back in Tol Eréssea. Addressing that still seems too effortful so he just leaves it as a public thought for Maitimo, rather than properly putting it into Mindspeech even though he now has that option.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo can remind him of everything that happened. "And we were discussing getting you one of the Quendi non-Mindhealers who talks to survivors of Angband and Utumno in case they could help you be more comfortable around Vanyel. And then I asked a lot of ill-advised questions."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth had in fact managed to completely forget about the Quendi non-Mindhealers plan. "Thank you. I still think that would be a good idea although - probably in a few days. And possibly I ought to just go to Lórien to try to fix it quickly, since it - seems more important in the short run than I had realized." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Up to you. But yes, I didn't follow up with them after I went off to sing because it didn't seem very likely it was a good moment for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. "I will - try talking to somebody at least once, then, to see if I find it at all helpful, if it seems not helpful I can decide to go to Lórien then." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Possibly I ought to talk to Melody as well. I am not sure if I - caused some kind of additional damage to my mind, or something, that would explain why I am so incredibly tired today." Unfortunately seeing Melody is exhausting in its own right. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We could do tomorrow, if you'd rather."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be better, I think." Leareth is thinking that he wants a hug, and to be sung to, not a sleep song yet but just something distracting. It won't solve any of his actual longer-term problems but it'll make today nicer. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can have a hug, and be sung to. With two Quendi around they can harmonize and the song will be that much prettier.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very pretty and a very good amount of distracting and being held lets him almost completely relax. Eventually he's going to fall asleep anyway, sleep song or not. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He will snuggle Leareth and go back to catching up with his boyfriend who loves him too much to tease him about this at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel very tentatively knocks a while later. "I wanted to check how Leareth is?" he says through the door, keeping his voice low. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's sleeping."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, sorry, I'll come back later." 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sleeps a more normal number of hours, this time, and wakes up actually feeling refreshed. :Maitimo? Thank you for staying this entire time: He considers adding 'I'm sorry for needing it' and then decides that he isn't sorry, actually, it doesn't seem like it was actively distressing for Maitimo. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course! 

Permalink Mark Unread

He gets up. "I think I want to go for a long walk and then it would be a good time to talk to Melody?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good! I'll let her know." He does this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth goes out, walks around in the dim light. He still can't see well, or use a mage-light, but he can use his mage-sight to get a sense of the location of nearby artifacts, which helps a surprising amount in terms of feeling oriented.

He sits down on a bench near the cliffs and listens to the ocean pounding for a very long time, and thinks about a boy growing up in a troubled nation, millennia ago, and...how different his subsequent life might have been, if he had grown up somewhere like this instead.

Eventually he gets up and returns to his room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He lets Melody know that he's back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody, when she arrives, looks both relieved and worried. "I'm glad you're asking to speak with me, Leareth. I was very concerned about you, a few days ago." She sits down. "It would be helpful to know some context on what happened, if you're feeling able to talk about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't feeling very able to talk about it, right now, but - it does seem important for Melody to know. It would be a relief if Maitimo were comfortable explaining it so he doesn't have to squish words out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth told me something that really upset me. I went outside to think about it. He was afraid that I would not come back and not sure that his current approach to putting his head together would work if I wasn't going to participate in it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oof." Melody winces visibly, which is about the strongest response to something she's ever shown in front of Maitimo. "I'm so sorry. That must have been awful for both of you. And...I agree, I also am not sure Leareth's current strategy here would work if you weren't going to stick around for it. Which is something I'd been meaning to bring up at some point, because...I wasn't sure whether it was a problem."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Neither was I," Leareth says dully. "I am planning to - take some steps to be more comfortable with Vanyel. I thought it best not to ask you because that might place you in an awkward situation."  

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Oh. This is - Melkor found Vanyel a useful tool to upset you, huh? I...could probably manage to wade through those memories with you and help you process it some more, but I cannot deny that I'd find it very uncomfortable. Anyway." She glances over at Maitimo. "Do you have any specific reason to think this is at risk of happening again?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. I needed two days, this time, and I think I'll need less if it comes up again, and it is not likely to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Melody seems to be thinking hard. She fidgets with her sleeve, rolling and unrolling it. "–Right, anyway. Leareth, how are you now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Better today, I think. It - took some time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope you realize that's not surprising at all. This must have shaken you up very badly. Well, may I have a look at your mind and see if I can turn up any obvious problems?"

She waits for him to nod, then bounces the tapestry sense-impression to Maitimo as well.

It's subtly but definitely different from a few days ago. The partially rewoven section around the break is actually looking sturdier, now, but in addition to the successful repairs there, it's also surrounded by what seem to be a number of abortive attempts to strengthen it by weaving in more of the rest of the tapestry – the end result being a number of frayed loose ends that aren't properly attached anywhere. The overall structure of the non-memory side has a vaguely stretched feel to it, as though subjected to great strain which was then suddenly released. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is not shocking but - ugh. 

Probably he should talk about that more with Melody when she's done with Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has Thoughtsensing back now! This means Melody can directly share her Sight with him and let him 'look around' a bit. It's not surprising to him either. He feels that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You were stressed and it takes our minds longer than a day to bounce back from that," Melody says. "I'm not too worried there, just - try to be gentle with yourself for a few days. The rest, here... I think you were trying very hard to cope, using all the strategies you could, and some were less helpful than others. What did you consider, there? I don't know what these correspond to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I was considering going back to Velgarth, since I have an organization there. Although it is not very well equipped for - my current needs. I also considered," Leareth looks resolutely down at the bed, "killing this body and hoping I could be less - broken - in a different body somewhere else." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Gods! Please don't do that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not going to! It did not actually seem very likely to help. Also I certainly would not have done it without telling anyone, since I needed Vanyel to check that my immortality setup is still functional from here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess." This does not seem to make Melody much happier about it. "Well. Please don't, actually. Moving on. What else has been on your mind..." 

They talk for a while longer, Melody does a couple of redirects on the emotional-associations memory layer, and then she seems to have the same idea as Maitimo. :May we speak after this?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. My room is next door to this one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, not quite tired enough to nap, thanks Melody and then curls up in his library with a book to read. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody can follow Maitimo. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you want more detail on the thing that happened two days ago?

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Yes. That'd be helpful context to have, as long as you, er, think he'd be comfortable with you sharing it, which seems likely to me but you know him better: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think he would. He explained in the course of a conversation about his immortality method that he kills and replaces descendents of his original body, and ensured there were lots of them with strategies including putting women under compulsions or impersonating their husbands. I took this poorly because I hadn't - thought of that, as something that people could do to each other. - some context that surfaced later was that humans can have children when it's not the deliberate intent of both parties. Quendi cannot, and consider having a child you're not ready for to be a tragedy much, much worse than death. I don't even know how we'd think of being forced to have a child, because as a species we seem to have never thought of it at all. We've talked through it now.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Right: That part, Melody takes with remarkable calm. :I think some humans would consider that more disturbing than the murders. I...don't, not really. He's done things at one remove that disturb me somewhat, but, you know. Not professional to dwell on that. One way or another, he needs help, even bad people deserve that. And - I have a lot of respect for him, in general: 

She tugs at the neck of her gown. (Melody, a fidgety person, has needed to train herself very thoroughly not to fidget with her hair because it turns out her Quendi patients find this VERY DISTRACTING.) 

:There's something I'm struggling with how to say: she sends finally. :He trusts you, very deeply. I don't get the impression that's an easy thing for him to develop, with anyone, and...I think he needs it a lot. But that does mean he is kind of terrifyingly reliant on you for, something like being able to believe that he can be okay? I mean, Vanyel as well, but they've got more of an established dynamic. Anyway. I could imagine that being kind of a lot, for you to take on, and I wanted to check that one, you're aware of it, and two, it's - something you're up for. Not that I know what I'd do if it were, but I could try to plan for it somehow: 

Permalink Mark Unread

If you had any good plans where he is less reliant on me I would be excited to hear them? I am aware of it. I'm not going to walk away. But - when I went in earlier today, to apologize, he was thinking about - how he'd better smooth things over, how he doesn't have any other options, and ...even if he can rely on me that's got to be unhealthy, right, even assuming he never picks up on -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Picks up on what?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Does he have to say it this is terrible - he will send the memory of Leareth, before they got Vanyel, working on his clumsy braid and cheerful about it, Maitimo glad of his thoughts-protective amulet -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh. I see: Melody's reaction to it, if there even is one, is just as level as everything else. :I mean, I have to assume he would pick up on it someday. Would be better if that happened when he has a larger number of close friends. Especially since I...have picked up on what sorts of hallucinations Melkor sometimes seemed to enjoy giving people about their close friends: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. I think getting him help with Vanyel is probably the most promising place to start, I don't think he makes friends very easily but they're - already friends.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. :Unfortunately I think all the other Valdemarans have at least some amount of baggage there. Dara the least, but she's also not going to stay long. ...Honestly I'm confused about the conditions under which he ended up friends with you and it took him less than fifteen years. Wondering if we can try to replicate that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We might be able to but also I am friends with everybody and was trying very hard because we needed him to win our war. I think you want - ambitious people? Who share his goals, ideally?

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's not going to be an easy ask. ...How well does he get along with your father? Ambitious I can see. Sharing his goals, I have absolutely no idea at this point: 

Permalink Mark Unread

They get along! But my father's very busy and I'm not entirely confident he won't just decide this Leareth isn't worth his time. Once there's a permanent Gate between here and Vinyamar maybe they can see more of each other and we can get a better read on that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I could see it going better once Leareth is doing well enough to keep up with him in conversation, or start to help out with research. Which I can imagine happening years before he's sure of himself to do anything bigger than that, and it'd probably do him good. But, agreed, now seems a bit premature: 

Sigh. :I really shouldn't complain. He's making such good progress overall: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is. From everything I'd been told I expected much slower progress. I appreciate all your help.

Permalink Mark Unread

:You're welcome. Was there anything else you wanted to talk about or ask my opinion on, since we're here?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That is the only thing that's been weighing on me. - obviously I'm not going to - I want him to be all right, he can figure out what he wants after that. ...unless it's the compulsions and strangers but I don't think it is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't think so either: Melody stands up, stretches. :I do hope he someday has a chance to learn what he wants when it's just for his own sake, not - saving up for a future that I sort of doubt he expects to personally reap the fruits of: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. 

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody nods, smiles a bit wearily, heads out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Laiquendi live in trees; they're happy to meet the humans but seem baffled that humans are nervous about treetop platforms with no railings, some of which need leaping between. Humans who don't want to chance this can stay on the ground and wander around.

Permalink Mark Unread

This human likes leaping between treetop platforms! The Tayledras basically live in trees too, except that it's been years since Starwind was really nimble enough to climb around. Fortunately Lórien did not have any difficulty fixing the remaining damage from a three-year-old head injury and now he's going to climb everything he can. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance is very nervous about this but probably the best solution there is to also climb the platforms and jump around. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if they're doing it then she has to have a try to. (Carefully, practicing easier non-leap-requiring walking around and then shorter leaps first.) This is great! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah how about not. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This human is also going to pass on the tree platforms. And is very bored. Stef decides to wander off in the direction of some especially pretty singing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pretty singing gets louder. 

 

And then a Quendi - not one of the Laiquendi, they're dressed differently - drops out of the woods ahead of him and holds a knife to his throat. State your business.

Permalink Mark Unread

Stef makes a startled squeak. Freezes. 

"...I'm visiting? From another world?" He has no idea if they speak Valdemaran here and he's not a Mindspeaker. "I heard singing...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread


The Quendi takes half a step back and confers with some other Quendi in a language that is definitely not Valdemaran.

Permalink Mark Unread

Stef is starting to get pretty freaked out now. He points hopefully back the way he came. "Laiquendi?" He takes a breath, holds it, ready to use the only defence he has if they don't start calming down soon. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They are arguing! They are not especially calming down.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well this is very scary and Stef is pretty sure he can't outrun Quendi, so he's going to sing very softly under his breath and tell them with his Bardic Gift to be calm calm calm and then maybe he can sort this out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They start to calm down. They start talking in more normal tones. Then someone points at him and says something and one of them swings around to punch him in the head, hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

A thousand miles away, Vanyel startles awake from a nap. :Maitimo something's wrong: he sends within a fraction of a second. :Have you heard anything about the Valdemaran party–:

Permalink Mark Unread

- no? 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I have a really bad feeling: He has a bad feeling about Stef in particular, actually, but that's - embarrassing - and he trusts the bad feeling itself, or at least trusts it enough to be worth checking - and it's way too loud to ignore.

He can't Mindspeak at that range. :I'm Gating to Vinyamar: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- okay. Want me -

Permalink Mark Unread

:If Leareth's all right? If there is a situation I could probably resolve it more easily with your help: He's already up and grabbing his boots. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Van wants to check a situation in Vinyamar, okay if I go too? he asks Leareth, grabbing the satchel of his things that Larya usually carries.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth startles a bit at the sudden osanwë but takes a deep breath and settles back down. :Yes. I hope Vanyel resolves it quickly: Asking questions now will only slow down their departure. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Vanyel is ready to Gate as soon as he and Maitimo can rendezvous. :I don't know where Randi and the others are but I'm assuming you know who in Vinyamar you can ask: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, I do.

And he can walk into the room Vanyel is in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel Gates to the Palace in Vinyamar and steps through and takes the Gate down instantly after Maitimo is through. He waits maybe five seconds. :Where are they:

Permalink Mark Unread

Laiquendi. I haven't been there, I'm trying to get a read from someone who has.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Pass it on to me when you have: Vanyel is aware that he's being rude and he's going to apologize after, but - every part of his mind is screaming that there's an emergency right now and he doesn't know what it is except that Stef is in danger. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He has it a minute later. Looks like this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel raises a Gate on the same doorway and thirty seconds later they're there. :Maitimo, see if you can learn anything from the local Quendi: He reaches out with his own Mindspeech, hunting for Savil, who's probably the strongest Mindspeaker around. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

They're here. About half a mile that way. The locals live in the trees. Some of your people are with them, some stayed on the ground - the ones with them are fine -

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel heads that direction at a run. :Savil!: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She was having a very nice time watching Starwind and Moondance frolic in the trees and is annoyed to be interrupted. And then worried. :Van? I thought you weren't on this continent - what's wrong–:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Where's Stef: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh. He was right here – I don't see him: She pulls Dara into the link as well. :Did you see where Stef went?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara reluctantly pauses mid-tree-frolic. :...No, why?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel reaches them less than a minute later. Stretches out his Thoughtsensing. :Maitimo, Stef isn't here - he's the one I had a bad feeling about– oh, I...think he's this way?: He's not sure how he knows, he still can't exactly feel Stef with Thoughtsensing, but he breaks into a run again.

And triggers his shield-talisman to its emergency level, just in case Stef ran into some kind of trouble, even if it's only wild animals – gods please let him be all right–

Permalink Mark Unread

He is super confused but he can keep up with Vanyel.

 

 

And then they're stopped, at the border, by a Quendi with a knife - state your business -

- I'm sorry, Maitimo says, I'm Prince Nelyafinwë of the Noldor, this is the Herald Vanyel who killed Melkor, we're looking for somebody -

Permalink Mark Unread

Now is not the time to interject that technically Olórin and an ancient weapon killed Melkor. Vanyel flashes an image of Stef to both of them. :Have you seen this young man. He was with the Valdemaran party who are visiting the Laiquendi but they do not know his current location: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He came here, the man says after a moment's hesitation. He tried to use some kind of magic song on us.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel tenses. :Stef is Bardic Gifted: he sends privately to Maitimo, :it's - the only way he would see to defend himself if he stumbled in here and they came at him with a knife - but this seems delicate, can you...?: He wants to go sprinting past in the direction he's pretty sure Stef is but causing an even bigger diplomatic incident in his haste would be...less than ideal. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The child was travelling with us on a diplomatic visit to Denethor and his people; we'd be delighted to return him home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Child?

Permalink Mark Unread

He's sixteen. Humans grow up quicker than us but that's still a child even for them. Is he all right? We have magical Velgarth healing, if not, so we'd want to see him as quickly as possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

He says something to the people behind him.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Maitimo: Vanyel sends. :He’s nearby, I can feel him, but - not with Thoughtsensing: He’s not sure which of his many Othersenses are picking up on Stef, though; maybe Empathy but it’s more blurred than usual and also louder. :I don’t think he’s all right:

And he reaches back to Savil. :I need Shavri where is she:

Permalink Mark Unread

Well unless he's dying we should let them hand him back over, I think they're going to. 

 

Talktalktalktalk. We can return the trespasser, the guard announces.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is fairly sure that Stef isn’t dying but waiting is still agony. He shifts his weight from one foot to the other. Taps his fingers against his thigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I’m coming - Van, what’s wrong?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Stef. Don’t know yet:

Permalink Mark Unread

A Quendi, carrying Stef, approaches. Stef is not conscious, though he's breathing fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is furious. He tries very hard to hide it. :Maitimo, what are they saying they did to him-:

Permalink Mark Unread

They said they hit him to make him stop singing. Van, a Maia runs Doriath. We'll walk away and get him Healing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods, tensely. Holds out his arms to take Stef the instant it looks like this is what they’re offering.

Permalink Mark Unread

They hand Stef over.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel holds him gently and heads back the way they came at the fastest walk he can manage without jostling Stef.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Shavri meets them halfway, Dara on her heels. “What’s going on - is he injured...” She stops Vanyel midstep with a hand on his shoulder, then reaches for Stef’s forehead and closes her eyes, checking with Healing-Sight. “How long has he been unconscious-”

Permalink Mark Unread

“How would I know?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"It has been eight minutes since Van told me something was wrong."

Permalink Mark Unread

“How did he... Nevermind. He’s not dying but that’s kind of worrying, they must’ve hit him pretty hard - I hope Quendi don’t have tougher skulls than us and that threw them off...”

Permalink Mark Unread

“I think I should Gate him to Lorien. I don’t want to take any chances.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“But-” Helpless glance at Maitimo. “Didn’t you just Gate here from Tol Eressea, aren’t you tired...”

Permalink Mark Unread

“I’m fine.” Apart from terrified. Vanyel is already looking around for a good place to stick a Gate.

Permalink Mark Unread

- to Vinyamar and then to here, he clarifies to Shavri quietly. He's not going to keel over mid-Gate, right -

Permalink Mark Unread

:No, I don't think so, but – wait: She pulls in Vanyel as well. :I thought you couldn't Gate inside Valinor: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Goddamnit. I forgot. I...: Gating back to Tol Eréssea isn't much better than staying here. :Shavri, have a closer look, but if you're worried I'm going to–: what is he going to do, :I'll see if they bothered to block it above the ground? I can do that blind Gate trick Leareth had, now, I can just keep moving the Gate-point higher until it goes through: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:And end up a mile off the ground? Are you insane?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:What? I'm a mage, I can catch us in a force-net and glide us down. Also Lórien isn't exactly going to let us die, is he: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri gives Maitimo a helpless look. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sure Lórien wouldn't let you die but - let's just give Shavri time to take a look -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, if you'd only hold still. ...I am kind of worried, he's not responsive at all and it's been a while: She grabs Vanyel's shoulder again, then re-focuses on Stef. Her face goes blank for almost a minute. 

:...His life isn't in danger but there's some bleeding in his skull. I can probably get it under control for now and then we can move him, figure out what to do–:

Permalink Mark Unread

:How about instead I Gate him where he can get healed right away: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Van, what's with you?: Shavri narrows her eyes at him. :I think you're kind of overreacting: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, well, I'd rather overreact than the opposite: 

Try a surface-level Gate to the spot he remembers in Lórien's Garden - Vanyel gets the threshold up but it doesn't work - then he'll concentrate hard and shift his mental viewpoint gradually higher and higher and higher, holding the threshold, letting the spell aim... 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri shoots a plaintive look at Maitimo. :Can't you make him be less of an idiot?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Van, you can probably only get away with this once before the Valar block it off too, do you think this is going to be the greatest crisis until we don't need gods anymore -

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't know! Maybe!: Vanyel is pretty sure he almost has it. :If he gets worse then we'll have to do it anyway but more urgently and what if–:

Gate! It only took about a quarter-mile up, apparently. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- is it possible that there is some kind of magic affecting him? Maitimo asks Shavri. This is really out of character. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh. I don't know. Honestly I don't think 'jumping through a Gate high in the air' is particularly out of character for him but he's being SUCH a mother-hen about Stef being hurt, and I don't – VAN!: 

She sees the flash of light marking the Gate's completion and makes a grab for Vanyel's tunic, but he is very fast. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aaaaaand now he is plummeting through the air high above– not that high, actually, the garden is looming alarmingly close already and Vanyel tears down the Gate and flings together a force-net to somewhat slow his fall – his vision dims at the corners but he hangs on–

Permalink Mark Unread

Lórien thoughtfully provides an extremely fluffy field of tall grass to land on.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Vanyel lands! He's not falling incredibly fast thanks to the force-net and the grass absorbs his landing enough that it barely jars Stef at all. "I'm really sorry about that - I know that was horribly rude of me and you've got every right to be angry - but I need your help–"

Permalink Mark Unread

WHAT IS WRONG, VANYEL?

Permalink Mark Unread

"There was a misunderstanding with some locals in Beleriand, Stef - upset them - they hit him in the head to knock him out, but - I think they injured him worse than they meant, maybe Quendi are tougher... I'm really worried, he hasn't woken up and it's been fifteen or twenty minutes and Shavri, you know her right, she said there was bleeding inside his head and she was worried and - I'm sorry, I know we aren't supposed to Gate to Valinor, but I'm really worried." 

Permalink Mark Unread

I WILL SEE WHAT I CAN DO FOR YOUR HUSBAND.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...What."

Permalink Mark Unread

I THINK THAT HE SHOULD MAKE A FULL RECOVERY. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's, um, that's good, I'm really glad, but...we're not...married... Why - do you think that...?" His face is crimson why is this happening to him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

YOU ARE MARRIED, Lórien says. IT IS VERY OBVIOUS. I DO NOT KNOW HOW YOU ARE MARRIED BUT YOUR CREATOR MAY HAVE DIFFERENT INTENTIONS THAN THE CREATOR OF OUR WORLD, WHO WOULD NOT HAVE ARRANGED FOR THIS.

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is the point at which Stef groans and opens his eyes. "I - wha...?" 

He realizes that he's in Vanyel's arms. Squirms around. "What are you doing here? I thought you were in– where are we?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel sits down heavily. Holds Stef against his chest. "Lórien's garden. You were being foolhardy and bothered some Quendi and they hit you, so I Gated you here."

He hesitates. Swallows. It is really very obvious once he gets over being an idiot about everything. "Also we're. Um. We're..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're what?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Apparently lifebonded." Vanyel cannot actually help smiling at this. "This makes the least sense of anything that's ever happened to me, and some very weird things have happened to me including, well, everything about Arda and the war here. But. There it is. We're lifebonded." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

A thousand miles away the Gate comes down and Shavri covers her face with both hands. :Goddamnit. Maitimo, Lórien won't actually let him break his fool neck, right?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He won't. It is possible that once the Valar confer on it they'll ban all humans from the continent or something but in the meantime they're not going to let anything happen to them in Lórien. I'm - he knew back in Tol Eressëa, that something was wrong - that's not normal, is it -

Permalink Mark Unread

:What? Really? I - huh - no, I don't...: Her eyes widened. :No, that isn't possible:

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think it was random luck, he hasn't gotten wrongly worried before.

Permalink Mark Unread

:No, I don't think so either. He can be an idiot, like you just noticed, but he's not – he doesn't chase random hunches. I...am having a thought that is probably completely wrong and crazy, but. That sort of thing can happen when people are lifebonded. It's happened with Randi and I. Only, I've never heard of someone getting lifebonded twice, and, well...: 

Then again it's not like they would know, right, people generally wouldn't survive losing their first partner. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He told me about Tylendel. Does being lifebonded cause - what we just saw?

Permalink Mark Unread

:That bizarre and inexplicable level of panic and overprotectiveness about Stef being hurt? Honestly, yes. But they weren't–: 

She brings a hand to her forehead. :Right. They kissed at the event in Vinyamar, didn't they, Dara warned me there might be drama about it although it seemed to have died down fine... Though I'd got the impression that was Stef's idea and he's, er, very himself. And Van is famous and attractive and he'd– Anyway. Do you have any idea whether Vanyel was attracted to Stef back? I hadn't noticed anything, but...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. I told him not to - and he seemed to agree that he shouldn't - but yes, he was.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Right. He would've thought, well, Stef is very young and he would've thought it was unethical to do anything with him even if they both wanted it. Gods, I'm not sure if he'll be delighted or horrified about the lifebond part coming in and not giving him a choice: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I think I expect it'll be good for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh, I mean, I agree. I'm just not sure how long he'll be an idiot about it first:

Permalink Mark Unread

"Prince Nelyafinwë?" Savil is finally forging out to meet them, trailing Starwind and Moondance. "What's going on - where's Van...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He just Gated into Valinor with Stef. Well, over Valinor. Figured out that their block on Gates stopped working about a quarter of a mile up in the air."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What?" She freezes. "You mean to tell me that Van just - Gated up a quarter mile in the air and jumped? With Stef who is injured? What in all hells did he think he was playing at?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lórien will catch him but it was still very uncharacteristically stupid!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was very stupid! I don't know about 'uncharacteristically', Van can be - kind of reckless, surprised you didn't see him at it in the war. Honestly if he knew a god was going to catch him it's not the stupidest thing he's ever done, just – why?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri is staring down at her feet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We were in Tol Eressëa when he sensed that Stef was in danger. Shavri thinks they are lifebonded."

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil goes very still and quiet and stays that way for about a minute. 

"...Really?" she says finally. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri squirms. "I mean, we obviously don't know for sure, just, he was incredibly desperate about Stef being hurt, and he knew that he was – you saw him, he ran straight for him. And Stef's been, er, interested in him for years, sounds like Van might've had some interest back that he was ignoring for all the obvious reasons. So, we should wait until we talk to him and confirm, but..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil still seems half-stunned. She licks her lips. "I mean, if he is, then - gods, I'm so happy for him. For them. It'd be so wonderful." She dabs at her eyes. "I can't believe it. But, that really does sound like a lifebond, and I cannot think of any other explanations." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Prince Nelyafinwë's face is very neutral about all this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri glances at him and then back down at her shoes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Well, this is a little awkward, if Van's gone and dumped you here and presumably cannot Gate back from within Valinor once he's no longer a quarter mile up," Savil says finally. "What are you planning? Er, I'm assuming you didn't bring Leareth...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did not. Ideally I would head back to Tol Eressëa and inform Yfandes so she can go out and fetch them from Lórien but if that is inconvenient I can make arrangements in Vinyamar."

Permalink Mark Unread

“No, no, I’ve been to Tol Eressea so I can Gate you right there. Gods, Van left Yfandes behind? He really was too panicked to stop and think for five seconds, wasn’t he. Which, well, jumping out of a goddamned Gate may not be surprising but he doesn’t usually lose his head like that, so...” Shrug. “I should check - are there going to be ramifications of the, er, incident where Stef was injured, that Randi ought to know about?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"He crossed into Doriath and couldn't communicate with them, they noticed his singing was mind-affecting, they hit him, they hit him too hard. You would be justified in sending them an annoyed let- no, none of them can read - you would be justified in passing along through us that they were out of line but I don't think there will be further ramifications especially."

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil nods slowly. “That makes sense. I’ll pass it on to Randi, see how he wants to handle this. Are they, er, always like that with people who turn up at their borders? Would’ve been a good thing to know.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"We knew Elwë was touchy so we sent a diplomatic party of his grandnieces and nephews, who were received fine. - Elwë's brother is the King in Alqualondë, and the King's daughter Eärwen married the prince Arafinwë; my cousins are our main point of contact in Doriath. The general consensus was to expect Elwë to be rude to anyone else but we should inform everyone he might be considerably worse than rude."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. “We don’t blame you or anything. Er, anything else we ought to discuss before you Gate out? I don’t know how much of a rush you’re in.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not particularly in a hurry. How's your tour of the continent been going otherwise -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, well, the Dwarves were excellent, very hospitable. Dara loved them, got along great. Overall they're not exactly like humans but I feel less like an alien with them than I do with Quendi, no offence..." Savil keeps talking about their tour, drifting back in the direction of the Laiquendi settlement and tree-platforms with Shavri on her heels. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He will be a good audience even though he's mostly lost in thought about Vanyel.

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi meets them. Hears the news from Shavri and Savil both talking at once, looks startled about it, then shrugs and turns to Maitimo. "So everything's all right on the diplomatic side, Prince Nelyafinwë? Dara told me there was some trouble and I hear Stef's, er, back in Valinor and presumably won't be finishing the trip with us, it sounds like for multiple reasons." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We would be happy to convey your annoyance to Elwë, if you'd like us to, but I think otherwise all's - well. The unusual circumstances about Vanyel and Stef will cause a little bit of a ripple but - one can hardly contravene the gods about these things."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "All right. Er, how's everything back in Tol Eréssea?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're doing all right. Melody's a miracle worker, I don't know what we'd do without her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Isn't she quite something? And she's so - unflappable, I don't know, I imagine I'd find that reassuring in your position - I have found it very reassuring in some past, er, messy, situations. I do hope she wants to come back to Valdemar at some point, but honestly your people have a much greater need of her for at least the next few years." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She's so unflappable! It's been enormously helpful as the survivors recuperate. We're seeing much faster progress than we did with the survivors of Utumno, and I think she's most of the reason why. Once you need her back I think we'll be able to transition all right, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. I'll definitely consider how long we can spare her. And of course see what she wants, she may be happy to stay in another world a year but not five, we'll see." 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then he's probably ready for Savil to Gate him back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil can do that! 

Permalink Mark Unread

And as soon as he's through he will update Yfandes and Leareth. Vanyel was struck by a strong conviction Stef was in danger, which turned out to be correct. He's taken him to Lórien. The other Valdemarens think that they are lifebonded, which seems like the only explanation for Vanyel's intuitions and, ah, subsequent behavior. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Goodness! I wondered what could possibly have him haring off like that. I'd better go meet him? Guess I'll need passage on the boat, I can't exactly swim...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He will arrange Yfandes a boat and then come find Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is sitting in his library, clearly deep in thought. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- maybe best not to interrupt, then. He will hang around and update everyone else from here and wait for Leareth to talk to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth emerges a couple of hours later. "...Oh, are you back already? What happened?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Vanyel sensed suddenly that Stef was in danger somewhere. It turned out that he had been injured in an altercation with the Iathrim border guards, so Vanyel Gated him straight to Lórien. Well, to the air well above Lórien, and then he jumped. ...his companions were at first as confused as me by this set of decisions but then they concluded that he was lifebonded."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth stops. "Really? Vanyel." He says it with exasperated fondness. Then looks down. "That...would perhaps explain it. I suppose we will know soon enough; Lórien would be able to see it, no? I hope the Gate does not cause too much difficulty with the Valar." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know whether Lórien would be able to see it, I'm not entirely clear on what it is. Lórien can sense marriages."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suspect it would be at least as obvious as a Quendi marriage." Leareth frowns slightly, switches to Mindspeech. :What are your feelings on the matter?: He can imagine it being a bit of a sore spot for Maitimo, watching from the perspective of a species that isn't permitted marriage at all with a same-sex partner. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think it'll be good for him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That was not exactly what Leareth was asking but he nods. :I agree. I admit I am confused if it is true - I have not known a person to ever lifebond twice - but I think he will be much happier: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems like usually if a person were capable of lifebonding again after the death of a partner no one would notice.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I suppose that is true: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Maybe someday Quendi who are interested in being married can tour Velgarth, see if anything happens.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Perhaps. I wonder if that would work: Leareth glances at the door. :I was going to walk. Would you like to come?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can go outside. Leareth follows his familiar route to near the edge of the cliffs, quiet in thought. 

:This is not particularly related to anything: he says finally, :but – I keep wondering. What my life would have been like, had I grown up in a place with fewer horrors than Velgarth at the time of my original childhood. How much of my - willingness to use methods that cost a great deal of harm, is that such harms were already happening around me, for no reason at all: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense to me. I mean presumably part of it is just - if you were in Arda there wouldn't have been anything worth accomplishing at that cost.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Even killing Melkor? ...Probably still not, I suppose, when the other Valar could presumably have defeated him eventually at a lower cost. And - if I were Quendi I would not have needed to take any measures in order to ensure immortality: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I guess I don't know if some of the awful stuff would've been worth it to defeat Melkor. I think - the cost to who is willing to ally with you would've mattered more? And the Valar were probably going to get on top of it eventually, and having good lines of communication with them is valuable....I argued a version of this with my father all the time, right, when he'd feel that anyone discouraged from obeying him by the threats against Nolofinwë was more-or-less-by-definition not worth having -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, that: Leareth lets out a slow breath. :It means a great deal to me, that you are willing to ally with me now - to be friends - despite the things I have done in my past: 

Permalink Mark Unread

We owe you everything, Leareth. I can't possibly begrudge you anything that caused you to live long enough to be where we needed you when we did. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth still isn't sure what to do with that, so he just nods and then looks up at the stars. 

Permalink Mark Unread

After a little while, a full moon rises on the distant horizon. 


Maitimo stiffens. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth notices, gives him a concerned look. :What is it?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think the SIlmarils could do that. Not at this distance. Might be the Valar. I'm sending someone to go check with them. If it's not them I have no idea what it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

:It looks like a moon. Velgarth has one, though I am not sure how it would work with a flat world – our moon is a large ball of rock, like a smaller world, that floats in circles around Velgarth itself: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. That's what it looks like? ...I don't really know what I was imagining. The Valar told us they were going to do a sun and a moon by having Maiar tug the surviving fruits of Laurelin and Telperion around the sky. But it's so big and bright...

Permalink Mark Unread

:It is! It is very helpful for human vision. ...I wonder if that means there will be a first sunrise soon. Sunrise is very beautiful, in my homeland: Leareth finds himself hoping that there is and that he's awake for it and can watch Maitimo's face as he witnesses it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo is staring at him with a complicated mix of emotions on his face. I'd like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am not sure how moonrise and sunrise will be timed here – they are not fixed relative to one another in Velgarth, sometimes the moon and sun are up at the same time, but for a first moonrise here, they might end up opposite each other. Assuming they have the sun ready yet, though if they are both fruits of the Trees then it ought to be. I might try to sleep now, since this will be nighttime, but - would you wake me if the horizon starts to look brighter at all?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. I can do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods and heads back in the direction of his room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits there, watching the moon rise. 

 

It's pretty.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth lies awake for a while before falling asleep – one, because it hasn't quite been a proper day-length since he woke up, and two, he's also having some kind of complicated feeling about Maitimo seeing a moonrise and soon a sunrise for the first time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi after a little bit of alarm largely decide that they are delighted about the new moon. They start redecorating Tol Eressëa to take better advantage of it. Maitimo stays by the cliffs until the sky starts to lighten and then goes to get Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ugh he is not totally happy about being woken from a sound sleep, but it's very worth it in this case, and Leareth scrambles out of bed as soon as he remembers the reason. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The sky is getting lighter. I'm not sure why, I can't see the fruit of Laurelin at all yet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Usually you can see the glow from it when the sun is well below the horizon." Leareth can follow him back to the cliffs for the best view, not-very-successfully trying to hide his yawns. "It will get brighter and brighter, the stars will no longer be visible - well, they might still be to Quendi eyes I suppose - and then the sun will appear properly and hopefully there will be some pretty colours in the sky."

He considers sending a memory but decides it'll be more fun for Maitimo to see it himself, with superior Quendi eyes, and then maybe compare with Velgarth sunrises and sunsets. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! That's really a very good concept, artistically." And he settles himself on the cliffside to watch.

 


The sun rises. It is much like a Velgarth sunrise on a day with a clear sky, looking out over the ocean. Maitimo gasps softly and sits very still, watching. He is sharing his eyes in case Leareth wants to look through them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does! Maitimo's reaction is just as satisfying as he had hoped and the sunrise is indeed incredible seen through Quendi eyes.

:We ought to watch the sunset as well: he sends eventually, once the brand-new sun is properly up above the horizon. :I hope Vanyel and Stefen enjoyed watching it. What good timing for them: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The sunset is...when it falls beneath the horizon?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes. It can be even more beautiful. Particularly when there are some clouds in the sky: This time he will share some memories, of the best sunsets he can recall seeing in Velgarth, with reds and oranges and violets smeared across pillowy piles of clouds on the horizon. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...ooohhhh. Yes, we should watch that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I wonder what length they are intending the day to be? I will try to stay up until nightfall but if it is a very long day I will need a nap at some point: Leareth watches the sun a little longer through Maitimo's eyes, it's now bright enough that looking directly at it himself is painful and not the smartest idea. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They didn't say. We could try to calculate it from how fast it's moving assuming it'll move at the same speed all day? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. :It ought to, I think. ...This place feels so much more like home with a sun. I can actually see my way around properly: Breakfast seems like a good idea. Leareth starts drifting back in the direction of his room, pausing often to look around and see how the city appears in daylight. He hasn't really seen it properly at all, before. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's mostly made of stone. Everything is shockingly clean, compared to a Velgarth city. The houses aren't all done in identical styles but they're all compatible with their neighbors. People are working in their gardens to change things now that there is a sun. 

The beaches glitter; it looks like lots of gemstones wash in with the tide, here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Leareth asks Maitimo if he knows where the gemstones come from. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The ocean."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Interesting. I do not think the ocean generates gemstones, in Velgarth. I suppose they might be eroding out of rocks." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think gemstones are an unusual configuration of rock and the Valar made them more common than they'd otherwise be because they're pretty."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They certainly are pretty. I do not think that Velgarth was at all designed for beauty." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's the impression I got from our diplomatic party, too. Maybe beauty can make it into the next round of designing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Perhaps!" Leareth stops again to examine a particularly aesthetic sculpture. "How does everything stay so clean? In Valinor I assumed it was the lack of decay, but that would not hold here. Do people clean it every day?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Otherwise you'd be shocked - well, I guess you probably wouldn't - at how quickly it gets dirty."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would not be shocked, no. The Eastern Empire that I ran once had very good sanitation but it was a constant uphill battle." Are there any food stalls around like there were in Tirion? 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are not. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, eventually he'll make it back to his room and find Larya to ask about food, even if he does keep stopping to look at various buildings and art installations that he couldn't see before. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Larya can point out to him the building where food is served four times a day. "We had to change our process because you don't want to make too much if that'll mean it goes stale by the next day."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course, that makes a great deal of sense." Somehow he hadn't managed to notice how food happened around here until now. "Is all of the food grown here on the island or is some brought from the Valinor mainland still?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some is brought in from Alqualondë. Now that there's a sun hopefully things will grow without direct divine intervention and it should make it easier to be self-sustaining."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "That is something where it might be a good idea to ask the Velgarth delegates for advice, once they are back. I have some knowledge of agriculture but much of it is based on specific conditions at home which do not apply as much here, such as the need for weather magic because the climate is often very inconvenient. I could discuss what I do know with whoever the relevant people are, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll let them know! I assume even if some things are different you're starting off closer than we are."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense, yes." Leareth gets himself some food and finds a place to sit and eat it where he can be in the sun. It is very nice to sit in the sun again (and have it be a more normal amount of bright and warm, not like the Trees.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi spend the day redecorating and singing; they seem to like the sun too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth enjoys watching them! He walks around some more until it gets too hot, then takes some of his notes outside to review, has lunch, naps. 

When the sun gets close to the horizon again he goes looking for Maitimo to do some sunset-watching together. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How was your day?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“Very pleasant, actually. Yours?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wonderful! It's nice to be busy with something lower-stakes like redecorating the city to use the light well."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. “It has a very hopeful sort of feel. Literally building for the future, I suppose.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"And the Sun and Moon, unlike the Trees, are for everywhere in the world."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Leareth walks silently with him for a bit. "Have you heard anything from Vanyel yet?" he asks finally. "I am not sure if he would have tried to relay a message." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't. One assumes he's busy." Little bit of a smile.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would make sense, yes."

It seems like maybe they can reach the cliffs on the opposite side of the island before the actual sunset, to get the best view. It'll be the most exercise Leareth has gotten since Angband. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems like a good sign. 

 

The sunset is marvelous. He makes very soft delighted noises and flops on his back to stare at it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's weirdly touching to see Maitimo so uncomplicatedly happy. And it makes it easier, somehow, to really appreciate this particular sunset, not just sunsets in the abstract. 

Leareth sits beside him for a while, feeling pleasantly tired. Eventually he lies back and sort of rests his head against Maitimo's shoulder. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- he flinches away. Stops. " - sorry. People might - see, and - Dara thought -" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Sorry." Leareth moves away. Dara thought - oh, she knows Vanyel, and she probably doesn't understand the full extent to which Quendi are generally against same-sex relationships, and she definitely doesn't know that Maitimo already has a boyfriend he is very happy with. :Did she ask you about it? That must have been very awkward: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, she did. I'm not upset that she asked. It's a good reminder to be more careful about things that could be interpreted in the wrong light, and, well, she was protecting you, I can't be irritated with anyone for that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth smiles, a little sadly, and then goes back to looking at the sunset, eventually sitting up to watch the last of the reds fade to deep violet, twilight falling, the stars appearing again to his eyes.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does too, though not as happily as before the interruption. 

Thank you. That was beautiful.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Is it not? You are very welcome: Leareth yawns. :We ought walk back before I fall asleep on the ground:

Permalink Mark Unread

Can't have that. He stands up.

Permalink Mark Unread

It’s dark enough that Leareth borrows Maitimo’s eyes to better see the ground and avoid tripping. The walk back feels a lot longer than the way there; he’s exhausted, though in a mostly satisfying rather than unpleasant way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Should I stay, tonight -

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think I will be all right either way? It is up to you. I certainly would not mind if you wished to stay but I know you are very busy:

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I'll stay. Otherwise he will end up staring at a wall thinking about Vanyel and Stefen.

Permalink Mark Unread

That earns him a tired smile. It's been a long day and a lot of walking and Leareth is a bit unsteady on his feet with drowsiness by the time they reach his room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you want help changing for bed -

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think I can–: He nearly trips over the threshold getting into his room. :Maybe. That might have been too ambitious a walk, but - it was a very good sunset, perhaps it was worth it anyway: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It was a wonderful sunset but I should have offered to carry you back.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I managed all right. I think I will sleep very well tonight: Leareth pours himself some water from the jug beside his bed and gulps it. :...Possibly I ought to have brought water for it, it was further than I realized: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Now that it’s light maybe you’ll be able to walk around more. Learn the island and all.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I hope to: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He beams at him. Good night.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Good night: Leareth is asleep in about thirty seconds. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He pats him, and makes a note of the day’s events, and then goes to the window to look out at the moon.

Permalink Mark Unread

The next day, Vanyel does manage to relay a message, via several other Quendi at osanwë range from each other along the way. Stef is fine and fully recovered. They're waiting for Yfandes to catch up before traveling back because Stef doesn't actually know how to ride horses. 

Also apparently he and Stef are 'married'. This is news to both of them but they're very happy about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth seems genuinely happy and relieved to hear this. After breakfast, he tells Maitimo that he wants to take another walk, this time alone (and he will make sure to pace himself and not end up stranded too tired to walk back.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

“All right. Have a good time.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth takes some paper to write on, and food wrapped up to carry, and heads out just past the city proper. He sits and looks at the strange sunless-plants, weirdly naked-looking in the light. 

He thinks. Writes. Mostly about Vanyel, but drifting back and forth between various topics. 

...A few hours past high noon, he suddenly stops, his hand freezing midway through the word he had been writing. 

:Maitimo?: He should still easily be in Mindspeech range. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very hard to get anything out in words. :Can you - I need - just come here?: He sends a picture of where he is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He hurries.

I’m here, it’s okay -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has been sitting curled up, his page of notes half-crumpled in his hand. When he feels Maitimo coming, he scrambles up and practically dives into his arms. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It’s okay. It’s okay. We’re here in Tol Eressëa. Everyone is safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I know: Leareth manages finally. :Thank you for - for being here: He isn't really confused about where he isn't. Isn't even scared, exactly. It's a different set of emotions than usual and he keeps bouncing again and again off finding words for it. 

:...Might I just show you?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a disconnected fragment of memory. One they never found during his sessions with Melody, because it's not like the others. It doesn't contain any speeches from Melkor, or any Maiar, or any conversation at all. Just Leareth resting in a stone room, alone, thinking. 

...

- It keeps feeling like he's forgotten something. Like catching glimpses of open doors from the corner of his eye, except when he turns there's nothing - Leareth is very used to trying to cram several thousand years worth of history into a single brain, he has ways of checking -

(confusion, wrongness) 

- he's missing pieces. He can't guess what they are but there are enough traces - somehow he missed noticing until now that, obviously, completely goddamned obviously, Melkor can do whatever he likes with Leareth's memories - 

(fear rising to panic) 

- who knows how long he's been here - how much of his own side he's killed - no wonder Melkor knew exactly what to say -

(terror fades into despair) 

- he knows now that he's already lost - had lost this the moment Melkor pinned him down in the caves - he opens a metaphorical door in his mind -

(A tower. The stars. A promise to the world, to the future, not to give up. Resolute hope. It's what Aulë must have seen, when he said that Leareth wanted to build something) 

- he tears it apart - nothing and no one - not safe to try - no longer any way out -

Permalink Mark Unread


"Oh.

 

 

 

 

I'm so sorry. I -"

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's all right, you don't have to say anything - can you just...hold me...?: 

In the memory he was very afraid. Right now, though, Leareth mostly just feels overwhelmingly sad. Like there's something to be grieved, here, a - version of himself who died, more or less. And maybe things will eventually be okay again, maybe he can find a path forward, but he can't go back and erase this particular loss. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can just hold him. And sing, very softly, the song they sang for Tylendel, the song they sang for dead Quendi before they knew how to get them back.